Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Managed Node for Fluid Cache for DAS Command Line Interface Guide

Add to My manuals
316 Pages

advertisement

Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Managed Node for Fluid Cache for DAS Command Line Interface Guide | Manualzz

Dell OpenManage

Server Administrator

Version 7.1.2

Command Line

Interface Guide

Notes and Cautions

NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer.

CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed.

____________________

Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.

© 2013 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.

Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.

Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, PowerEdge™, and OpenManage™ are trademarks of Dell Inc.

Microsoft

®

, Windows

®

, Active Directory

®

, MS-DOS

®

, and Windows Server

®

are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. SUSE™ is a registered trademark of Novell Inc. in the United States and other countries. Red Hat

®

and Red

Hat Enterprise Linux countries. Intel

®

®

are registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other

, Pentium

®

, and Itanium

®

are registered trademarks and Intel386™ is a trademark of

Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries. AMD

®

, AMD Opteron™, AMD-V™, and

AMD PowerNow!™ are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices Inc. VMware

®

is a registered trademark and ESX Server™ is a trademark of VMware Inc in the United States and/or other jurisdictions.

Citrix

®

, Xen

®

, XenServer

®

, and XenMotion

®

are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Citrix

Systems, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.

Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its

own.

2013 - 03

Contents

1 Introduction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

Overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

What's New in This Release

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18

Accessing the Windows Command Prompt to Run

CLI Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

Primary CLI Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19

CLI Error Checking and Error Messages

. . . . . . . .

21

Success Messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Failure Messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Scripting and Comparing Using CLI

. . . . . . . . . . .

23

Command Syntax Overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24

2 Using the omhelp Command

. . . . . . . . . .

27

Example Help Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27

3 omreport: Viewing System Status

Using the Instrumentation Service

. . . . .

31

Conventions for Parameter Tables

. . . . . . . . . 32

Command Summary of the omreport Command

. . . .

32

Help With the omreport Command

. . . . . . . . . . .

39

Contents 3

4 Contents

omreport modularenclosure

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

omreport about

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40

omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem

Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem

. . . .

41

omreport chassis acswitch or omreport mainsystem acswitch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

omreport chassis batteries or omreport mainsystem batteries

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43

omreport chassis bios or omreport mainsystem bios

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

omreport chassis biossetup or omreport mainsystem biossetup

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

omreport chassis currents or omreport mainsystem currents

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

omreport chassis removableflashmedia or omreport mainsystem removableflashmedia

. . .

49

omreport chassis fans or omreport mainsystem fans

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

omreport chassis firmware or omreport mainsystem firmware

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

omreport chassis frontpanel or omreport mainsystem frontpanel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

omreport chassis fru or omreport mainsystem fru

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

omreport chassis hwperformance or omreport mainsystem hwperformance

. . . . . . 52

omreport chassis info or omreport mainsystem info

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52

omreport chassis intrusion

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

omreport chassis leds or omreport mainsystem leds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

omreport chassis memory or omreport mainsystem memory

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

omreport chassis nics or omreport mainsystem nics

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

omreport chassis ports or omreport mainsystem ports

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57

omreport chassis processors or omreport mainsystem processors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

omreport chassis pwrmanagement or omreport mainsystem pwrmanagement

. . . . . . 62

omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem pwrmonitoring

. . . . . . . . . . . . 63

omreport chassis pwrsupplies or omreport mainsystem pwrsupplies

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

67

omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem remoteaccess

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

omreport chassis slots or omreport mainsystem slots

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68

omreport chassis temps or omreport mainsystem temps

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

omreport chassis volts or omreport mainsystem volts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

omreport system Commands or omreport servermodule Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70

omreport system or omreport servermodule

. . . 70

Commands for Viewing Logs

. . . . . . . . . . . .

71

omreport system alertaction or omreport servermodule alertaction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

omreport system assetinfo or omreport servermodule assetinfo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

omreport system events or omreport servermodule events

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

omreport system operatingsystem or omreport servermodule operatingsystem

. . . . . 77

omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule pedestinations

. . . . . . 77

omreport system platformevents or omreport servermodule platformevents

. . . . . .

80

Contents 5

6

omreport system recovery or omreport servermodule recovery

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

omreport system shutdown or omreport servermodule shutdown

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

80

omreport system summary or omreport servermodule summary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

omreport system thrmshutdown or omreport servermodule thrmshutdown

. . . . . . 88

omreport system version or omreport servermodule version

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

omreport preferences Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . .

90

4 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

. . . . . . . . . .

91

Conventions for Parameter Tables

. . . . . . . . . 92

omconfig Command Summary

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

92

Help With the omconfig Command

. . . . . . . . . . .

97

omconfig about

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98

omconfig chassis or omconfig mainsystem

. . . . . . .

100

omconfig chassis biossetup or omconfig mainsystem biossetup

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

omconfig chassis currents or omconfig mainsystem currents

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

omconfig chassis fans or omconfig mainsystem fans

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

124

omconfig chassis frontpanel or omconfig mainsystem frontpanel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

omconfig chassis info or omconfig mainsystem info

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

omconfig chassis leds or omconfig mainsystem leds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Contents

omconfig chassis memorymode or omconfig mainsystem memorymode

. . . . . . . . 129

omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem pwrmanagement

. . . . . .

132

omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring

. . . . . . . 134

omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess

. . . . . . . 136

omconfig chassis temps or omconfig mainsystem temps

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

omconfig chassis volts or omconfig mainsystem volts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

152

omconfig preferences

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

153

omconfig preferences cdvformat

. . . . . . . . . 153

omconfig preferences dirservice

. . . . . . . . . 154

omconfig preferences snmp

. . . . . . . . . . . . 155

omconfig preferences useraccess

. . . . . . . . 156

omconfig preferences webserver

. . . . . . . . . 157

omconfig system or omconfig servermodule

. . . . . .

158

omconfig system alertaction or omconfig servermodule alertaction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Commands for Clearing Logs

. . . . . . . . . . . 163

omconfig system pedestinations or omconfig servermodule pedestinations

. . . . . .

164

omconfig system platformevents or omconfig servermodule platformevents

. . . . . . 164

omconfig system events or omconfig servermodule events

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

omconfig system webserver or omconfig servermodule webserver

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

omconfig system recovery or omconfig servermodule recovery

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

omconfig system shutdown or omconfig servermodule shutdown

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Contents 7

8

omconfig system thrmshutdown or omconfig servermodule thrmshutdown

. . . . . . . . . . . . 174

5 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership

Values

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

177

User Level Required for Adding Asset

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Adding Acquisition Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

177

Example Commands for Adding Acquisition

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Adding Depreciation Information

. . . . . . . . . . . .

180

Example Commands for Adding Depreciation

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Adding Extended Warranty Information

. . . . . . . .

181

Example Command for Adding Extended

Warranty Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Adding Lease Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

183

Example Command for Adding Lease

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Adding Maintenance Information

. . . . . . . . . . . .

184

Example Command for Adding Maintenance

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Adding Outsource Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

186

Example Command for Adding Outsource

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Adding Owner Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

188

Example Command for Adding Owner

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Contents

Adding Service Contract Information

. . . . . . . . . .

189

Example Command for Adding Service

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Adding Support Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

190

Example Command for Adding Support

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Adding System Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

192

Example Command for Adding System

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Adding Warranty Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

193

Example Command for Adding Warranty

Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6 Using the Storage Management

Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

197

CLI Command Syntax

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

197

Syntax for Required, Optional, and Variable

Command Elements

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

198

User Privileges for omreport storage and omconfig storage

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

200

7 omreport storage Commands

. . . . . . . .

201

omreport Physical Disk Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

202

omreport Virtual Disk Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

omreport Controller Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

205

omreport Enclosure Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206

omreport Temperature Probe Status

. . . . . . . 207

Contents 9

10

omreport Fan Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208

omreport Power Supply Status

. . . . . . . . . . . 209

omreport EMM Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

210

omreport Enclosure Slot Occupancy Report

. . . .

211

omreport Battery Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

211

omreport Global Information (Smart Thermal

Shutdown Status, Hot Spare Protection Policy)

. . . .

212

omreport Connector Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

213

omreport Cachecade Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

214

omreport PCIe SSD Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

214

omreport Fluid Cache Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

214

omreport Fluid Cache Pool Status

. . . . . . . . . . . .

215

omreport Partition Status

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

216

omreport Fluid Cache Disk Status

. . . . . . . . . . . .

216

8 omconfig storage Commands

. . . . . . . .

217

omconfig Physical Disk Commands

. . . . . . . . . . .

218

omconfig Blink Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . 219

omconfig Unblink Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . 220

omconfig Prepare to Remove Physical Disk

. . . . 221

omconfig Instant Erase Secured

Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

omconfig Initialize Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . .

222

omconfig Offline Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 223

omconfig Online Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 223

omconfig Assign Global Hot Spare

. . . . . . . . .

224

omconfig Rebuild Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . 225

Contents

omconfig Cancel Rebuild Physical Disk

. . . . . .

226

omconfig Cancel Replace Member

. . . . . . . . 226

omconfig Clear Physical Disk

. . . . . . . . . . .

227

omconfig Cancel Clear Physical Disk

. . . . . . .

227

omconfig Enable Device Write Cache

. . . . . . . 228

omconfig Disable Device Write Cache

. . . . . .

229

omconfig Export Reliability Log

. . . . . . . . . .

229

omconfig Convert RAID to Non-RAID

. . . . . . . 230

omconfig Convert Non-RAID to RAID

. . . . . . .

231

omconfig Virtual Disk Commands

. . . . . . . . . . .

232

omconfig Check Consistency

. . . . . . . . . . . 233

omconfig Cancel Check Consistency

. . . . . . . 233

omconfig Pause Check Consistency

. . . . . . . . 234

omconfig Resume Check Consistency

. . . . . . . 235

omconfig Blink Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . 235

omconfig Unblink Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 236

omconfig Initialize Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 236

omconfig Fast Initialize Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . 237

omconfig Slow Initialize Virtualize Disk

. . . . . . 237

omconfig Cancel Initialize Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . 238

omconfig Cancel Background Initialize

. . . . . . 239

omconfig Assign Dedicated Hot Spare

. . . . . . 239

omconfig Delete Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . 240

omconfig Format Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 241

omconfig Reconfiguring Virtual Disks

. . . . . . . 241

omconfig Secure Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 243

omconfig Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks

. . . . . . 243

omconfig Change Virtual Disk Policy

. . . . . . . 244

omconfig Replace Member Virtual Disk

. . . . . . 245

omconfig Rename Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . 246

omconfig Enable Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk

. . . 247

omconfig Disable Fluid Cache on

Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

248

Contents 11

12 Contents

omconfig Reactivate Fluid Cache on

Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

omconfig Controller Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

249

omconfig Rescan Controller

. . . . . . . . . . . .

252

omconfig Enable Controller Alarm

. . . . . . . . . 252

omconfig Disable Controller Alarm

. . . . . . . .

253

omconfig Quiet Controller Alarm

. . . . . . . . . .

253

omconfig Test Controller Alarm

. . . . . . . . . . 254

omconfig Reset Controller Configuration

. . . . .

255

omconfig Create Virtual Disk

. . . . . . . . . . . .

255

omconfig Set Controller Rebuild Rate

. . . . . . . 261

omconfig Change Controller Properties

. . . . . .

262

omconfig Discard Preserved Cache

. . . . . . . .

262

omconfig Create Encryption Key

. . . . . . . . . . 263

omconfig Change Encryption Key

. . . . . . . . .

263

omconfig Delete Encryption Key

. . . . . . . . . .

264

omconfig Set Background Initialization Rate

. . . 264

omconfig Set Reconstruct Rate

. . . . . . . . . .

265

omconfig Set Check Consistency Rate

. . . . . . . 265

omconfig Export the Controller Log

. . . . . . . . 266

omconfig Import Secure Foreign

Configuration

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

omconfig Import Foreign Configuration

. . . . . . 267

omconfig Import or Recover Foreign

Configuration

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

omconfig Clear Foreign Configuration

. . . . . . . 268

omconfig Physical Disk Power Management

. . .

269

omconfig Set Patrol Read Mode

. . . . . . . . . . 270

omconfig Start Patrol Read

. . . . . . . . . . . . 270

omconfig Stop Patrol Read

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

271

omconfig Create Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . . . 271

omconfig Enable LKM Controller

. . . . . . . . . . 272

omconfig Rekey LKM Controller

. . . . . . . . . .

272

omconfig Convert Multiple RAID to

Non-RAID

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

omconfig Convert Multiple Non-RAID to

RAID

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

273

Omconfig Enclosure Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . .

274

omconfig Enable Enclosure Alarm

. . . . . . . . . 275

omconfig Disable Enclosure Alarm

. . . . . . . . 275

omconfig Set Enclosure Asset Tag

. . . . . . . . 276

omconfig Set Enclosure Asset Name

. . . . . . . 277

omconfig Set Temperature Probe

Thresholds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

omconfig Reset Temperature Probe

Thresholds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

omconfig Set All Temperature Probe

Thresholds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

279

omconfig Reset All Temperature Probe

Thresholds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

omconfig Blink

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

omconfig Battery Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

281

omconfig Start Battery Learn Cycle

. . . . . . . . 281

omconfig Delay Battery Learn Cycle

. . . . . . . .

282

omconfig Global Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

282

omconfig Global Enable Smart Thermal

Shutdown

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

283

omconfig Global Disable Smart Thermal

Shutdown

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

omconfig Global Rescan Controller

. . . . . . . . 285

omconfig Set Hot Spare Protection Policy

. . . . 285

omconfig Connector Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . .

286

omconfig Rescan Connector

. . . . . . . . . . . .

286

omconfig Cachecade Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . .

287

omconfig Blink Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Contents 13

14

omconfig Unblink Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . .

288

omconfig Delete Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . . . 288

omconfig Resize Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . . .

289

omconfig Rename Cachecade

. . . . . . . . . . .

290

omconfig PCIe SSD Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

omconfig Add PCIe SSD Device to

Cachepool

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

omconfig Remove PCIe SSD Device From

Cachepool

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

omconfig Reactivate PCIe SSD Device

. . . . . . 292

omconfig Fluid Cache Commands

. . . . . . . . . . . .

292

omconfig Applying or Updating License to the

Fluid Cache

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

omconfig Conecting to the Fluid Cache

. . . . . . 293

omconfig Partition Command

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

293

omconfig Refreshing Partition List

. . . . . . . . .

293

omconfig Fluid Cache Disk Command

. . . . . . . . .

293

omconfig Discarding Data and Disabling

Caching

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

9 Working With CLI Command Results

. . .

295

Output Options for Command Results

. . . . . . . . . .

295

Controlling Command Output Display

. . . . . . . . . .

295

Writing Command Output to a File

. . . . . . . . . . .

296

Saving Command Results to a File That is

Overwritten

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Append Command Results to an Existing File

. . . 297

Selecting a Format for the CLI Command Output

. . . .

299

List (lst)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Contents

Table (tbl)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

300

Semicolon-separated Values (ssv)

. . . . . . . . 301

Custom Delimited Format (cdv)

. . . . . . . . . .

301

Index

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

303

Contents 15

16 Contents

1

Introduction

Overview

Dell OpenManage Server Administrator (OMSA) provides a comprehensive, one-to-one systems management solution through either an integrated Web browser-based graphical user interface (GUI) or a command line interface

(CLI). Server Administrator is designed for system administrators to manage systems locally and remotely on a network. It allows system administrators to focus on managing their entire network by providing a comprehensive one-toone systems management.

In the context of Server Administrator, a system refers to a stand-alone system, a system with attached network storage units in a separate chassis, or a Blade system consisting of one or more server modules in a modular enclosure.

Server Administrator provides easy-to-use management and administration of local and remote systems through a comprehensive set of integrated management services. Server Administrator is the sole installation on the system being managed and is accessible both locally and remotely from the

Server Administrator home page. Server Administrator enables you to access remotely monitored systems by dial-in, LAN, or wireless connections.

The configuration features enable Server Administrator to perform essential tasks described in detail in the following sections. This CLI guide documents all the commands that apply to Server Administrator and Storage

Management.

Introduction 17

18

The reporting and viewing features enable retrieval of the overall health status for systems on the network. You can view information about voltage, temperature, fan's revolutions per minute (RPM), memory functioning, and many other critical details at the component level. You can also see a detailed account of the cost of ownership (COO) about the system, retrieve version information about the BIOS, firmware, operating system, and all installed software.

NOTE: Use the CLI instead of the Server Administrator home page, and turn the

Server Administrator Web server off for concerns on encryption. The CLI does not use the Web server. Run the omconfig system webserver action=stop command to turn off the Web server. The Web server starts automatically after a reboot, so run this

command each time the system starts up. For more information, see "omconfig system webserver or omconfig servermodule webserver" on page 171.

NOTE: After installing Dell OpenManage Server Administrator, ensure that you log out and log in to reset the path to access Dell OpenManage CLI utilities.

NOTE: For information on the terms used in this document, see the Glossary at dell.com/support/manuals.

What's New in This Release

The release highlights of OpenManage Server Administrator are:

• Support for reporting fluid cache, fluid cache pool, fluid cache disk, and

partition details. See omreport storage Commands

.

• Support for applying and upgrading license to the fluid cache and updating cache configuration details. See

omconfig Fluid Cache

Commands

.

• Support for refreshing the storage partition details. See omconfig Partition

Command .

• Support for disabling caching on a fluid cache disk. See

omconfig Fluid

Cache Disk Command

.

• Support for enabling, disabling, and reactivating fluid cache for a specified

virtual disk. See omconfig Virtual Disk Commands .

• Support for adding, removing, and reactivating PCIe SSD device in a cache pool. See

omconfig PCIe SSD Commands

.

• Added support for the following operating systems:

Introduction

– Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 SP2 (64-bit)

– Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 SP3 (64-bit)

– Novell SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP2 (64-bit)

• Added support for the following platforms:

– Dell PowerEdge R720, R820, R620, and T620

• Added support for the following browsers:

– Internet Explorer 10

– Mozilla Firefox 10, 11, and 12

NOTE: For the supported operating systems list, see the Dell Systems Software

Support Matrix at dell.com/support/manuals. Select Choose from a list of all Dell products option and click Continue. Click Software, Monitors, Electronics &

Peripherals Software Enterprise System Management.

NOTE: CLI commands are not supported on systems with VMware ESXi operating system.

Accessing the Windows Command Prompt to Run

CLI Commands

If you are running the Microsoft Windows operating system, use the 32-bit command prompt to run a Server Administrator CLI command. Access the

32-bit command prompt using one of the following methods:

• Click Start Programs Accessories Command Prompt

• Click StartRun and type cmd.exe

NOTE: Do not type command

in the Run dialog box to launch a command line window; this activates the MS-DOS emulator command.com, which has environment variable limitations that can cause subtle problems with CLI.

Primary CLI Commands

The commands that carry out the functions of Server Administrator are:

omconfig

omhelp

omreport

Introduction 19

20

The omconfig command writes values that you assign to an object's properties. You can specify values for warning thresholds on components or prescribe action that the system must perform when a certain warning or failure event occurs. You can also use the omconfig command to assign specific values to the system's asset information parameters, such as the purchase price of the system, the system's asset tag, or the system's location.

The omhelp command displays short text help for CLI commands.

The shorthand equivalent of omhelp is the command for which you want help followed by -?. For example, to display help for the omreport command, type one of the following commands: omhelp omreport omreport -?

The omreport command displays reports of the management information of the system.

NOTE: For an overall summary of the CLI commands, type omhelp.

Table 1-1 lists the primary CLI commands used by Server Administrator.

This guide contains a section for each primary command.

Table 1-1. CLI Commands and Sections in This Guide

Primary CLI

Command omconfig

Section Title Related Sections omhelp omreport

"omconfig: Managing Components

Using the Instrumentation Service" on page 91

"omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing

Cost of Ownership Values" on page 177

"Using the omhelp Command" on page 27

"omreport: Viewing System Status

Using the Instrumentation Service" on page 31

NOTE: The omupdate commands are no longer supported in Server Administrator and are replaced by Dell Update Package or the Server Update Utility commands. To update the different components, download the Dell Update Package and run the

<package name> /s [/f] command. For more information on the

Introduction

corresponding CLI syntax, see the Dell Update Packages for Operating Systems User’s

Guide or the Dell OpenManage Server Update Utility User’s Guide at dell.com/support/manuals.

Additional useful topic about the CLI include:

• "Working With CLI Command Results" on page 295

CLI Error Checking and Error Messages

When you type CLI commands, the CLI checks these commands for correct syntax. If you type a command and the command is executed successfully, a message is displayed, stating that the command is successful.

Success Messages

When you run a successful omconfig command, data for that component is displayed.

The following table provides examples of valid omconfig commands and their success messages.

Table 1-2. Commands and Messages

Command omconfig chassis temps index=0 warnthresh= default

Message

Temperature probe warning threshold value(s) set successfully.

omconfig chassis biossetup attribute=numlock setting=on

BIOS setup configured successfully. Change will take effect after the next reboot.

omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation duration=6

Asset information set successfully.

NOTE: Due to limitations, some commands do not alter the system settings even though the commands are executed successfully. This is an expected behavior.

Introduction 21

Failure Messages

CLI failure messages provide reasons why some commands do not succeed.

Some common reasons why commands fail include syntax errors and components that are not present. Many error messages provide syntax information required to execute the command successfully.

If you execute a command for a component or feature that is not present in the system configuration, the error message states that the component is not present.

Command: omconfig chassis volts index=3 minwarnthresh=

3.3000

Message:

Error! Number with up to 3 digits after decimal point expected, read 3.3000

The value given by the command specifies more than

3 digits after the decimal point. A valid minimum warning threshold value for volts contains up to

3 digits after the decimal point.

Revised command: omconfig chassis volts index=3 minwarnthresh=3.300

When you type the revised command with three decimal points, you receive another error message:

Error! This voltage probe min warning threshold must be between 11.400 and 12.480.

Revised command: omconfig chassis volts index=3 minwarnthresh=

11.500

Message:

Voltage probe warning threshold(s) set successfully.

22 Introduction

Scripting and Comparing Using CLI

The Server Administrator CLI allows administrators to write batch programs for the operating system. For an enterprise with many systems, an administrator could write a configuration script that specified the warning thresholds for each major component of a system and also specified a set of actions that the administrator wants each system to take in case of a warning or failure event. In the most critical cases, the administrator could write a script so that the system shuts down to prevent damage. The administrator could then distribute and execute the script to many managed systems at the same time. Such a scenario facilitates configuring any number of new systems acquired by a company and makes implementation of new system administration policies easier across many existing systems that require reconfiguration.

A similar scenario is used to populate a large number of newly acquired systems with detailed asset information. Much of the information are the same, such as the manufacturer or lessor of the system, whether support for the system is outsourced, name of the company providing insurance for the system, method of depreciation, and so on. Any variable that is common to all systems is scripted, sent to all managed systems, and executed. Asset information that is unique to a system is scripted as a group and sent to that managed node for execution. For example, a script could specify values for all unique variables such as the owner, primary user phone number, asset tag, and so on. Scripts to populate unique values would set all unique variables at once rather than one by one through the system's command line.

In many cases, the CLI allows a user with a very well-defined task in mind to retrieve information about the system rapidly. If a user wants to review a comprehensive summary of all system components and save that summary information to a file for comparison with later system states, the CLI is ideal.

Using CLI commands, administrators can write batch programs or scripts to execute at specific times. When these programs execute, they can capture reports on components of interest, such as fan RPMs during periods of highest system usage compared with the same measurements at times of lowest system usage. Command results are routed to a file for later analysis.

Reports can help administrators gain information that are used to adjust usage patterns, to justify purchasing new system resources, or to focus on the health of a problem component.

Introduction 23

Command Syntax Overview

Commands vary in complexity. The simplest command has only command level 1. The omhelp command is a simple command. When you type omhelp

, a list of the main CLI commands is displayed.

The next level of complexity includes commands that contain command levels 1 and 2. All of the about commands are examples of command level 2 complexity. The omconfig about and omreport about commands display a very brief summary. The summary shows version information for the systems management software installed on the system; for example,

Server Administrator 1.x.

Some commands have command level 1 and command level 2 and one name=value pair. Consider the following example command that instructs

Server Administrator for more details about the environment for Server

Administrator: omreport about details=true

Command level 1 is omreport, command level 2 is about, and the name= value pair is details=true.

Many commands use command level 1, command level 2, and command level 3, but do not require any parameters (name=value pairs.) Most

omreport commands are of this type. For example, the following command displays a list of alert actions that are configured for components on a system.

omreport system alertaction

The most complex commands have all three command levels and can have multiple name=value pairs. The following is an example of two name=value pairs: omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation duration=3

The following is an example of nine name=value pairs: omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition purchasecost=

<n>

waybill=

<n>

installdate=<mmddyy> purchasedate=<mmddyy> ponum=

<n>

signauth=<text> expensed=<yes | no> costcenter=<text>

24 Introduction

In each chapter of this document, command syntax and other information about the commands are formatted using any of the following fields as appropriate: command level 1 command level 2 command level 3 name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2

Introduction 25

26 Introduction

2

Using the omhelp Command

The omhelp command and its equivalent, <command> -?, accesses the detailed help text interface of command line interface (CLI). You can get help at several levels of detail.

Each fully-qualified CLI command may have a variable number of distinct parts: the command (command level 1), one or more subcommands

(command level 2 and command level 3, if present), and one or more name= value pair(s.)

By appending -? (space-dash-question mark) to any command, you can get help for that command.

Example Help Commands

When you type omconfig -?, you get general help about the omconfig command. The help at this level lists the available subcommands for

omconfig:

• about

• preferences

• chassis

• system

When you type omconfig system -?, CLI help lists all the subcommands available for omconfig system:

• alertaction

• alertlog

• assetinfo

• cmdlog

• esmlog

• events

• platformevents

• pedestinations

27 Using the omhelp Command

• recovery

• shutdown

• thrmshutdown

• webserver

Figure 2-1 shows the levels of help for a command.

Figure 2-1. Different Levels of Help for a Command

Also parse the omconfig system assetinfo command as follows:

<command level 1 command level 2 command level 3>

<name=value pair 1> [name=value pair 2] where command levels 1, 2, and 3 are represented by omconfig system assetinfo, name=value pair 1 is represented by info=depreciation, and name=value pair 2 is represented by method=straightline.

To set the depreciation method to straight line, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation method=straightline

The CLI responds with the following message:

Asset information set successfully.

When you type omconfig system assetinfo -?, the help that is displayed provides information about assigning values for the name and option fields. Partial results for the request omconfig system assetinfo -? are as follows: assetinfo Set asset information.

28 Using the omhelp Command

For one info value, specify one or more optional parameter(s.) Table 2-1 lists

the optional parameters for info=acquisition:

Table 2-1. Optional Parameters

Info Value Optional parameters

Info=acquisition purchasecost=<num> waybill=<num> installdate=<mmddyy> purchasedate=<mmddyy> ponum=<num> signauth=<text> expensed=<yes|no> costcenter=<text> info=depreciation method=<text> duration=<num> percent=<percent> unit=<months|years|unknown>

Using the omhelp Command 29

30 Using the omhelp Command

omreport: Viewing System Status

Using the Instrumentation Service

3

The omreport command allows you to see detailed information about the system components. You can also retrieve summaries for many system components at one time, or get details about a specific component. This chapter shows you how to get reports with the level of detail that you want.

Commands documented in this chapter vary in whether they define the fields that appear in the results of a particular omreport command. The fields are defined only if they have a special or less familiar use.

As with all other components, use omreport to view component status, and

omconfig to manage a component. For information on configuring

components for management, see "omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service" on page 91.

Use the omreport commands to get information you need to execute an

omconfig command. For example, to edit the minimum temperature for a warning event on a temperature probe, you must know the index of the probe you want to configure. Use omreport chassis temps to display a list of probes and their indexes.

The omreport commands available on the system depend on the system

configuration. Table 3-1 lists the systems on which the omreport commands

are applicable.

Table 3-1. System Availability for the omreport Command

Command Level 1 Command Level 2 omreport modularenclosure servermodule mainsystem system chassis preferences

Applicable To

Blade systems

Blade systems

Blade systems

Rack and Tower systems

Rack and Tower systems

Blade or Rack, and Tower systems

31 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Conventions for Parameter Tables

When listing the parameters for a command, the parameters are listed in alphabetical order instead of the order in which they appear in the command line interface (CLI).

The symbol |, often called pipe, is the logical exclusive or operator.

For example, enable | disable means enable or disable the component or feature.

Command Summary of the omreport Command

Although this chapter lists all possible omreport commands, the commands available on the system depend on the system configuration. The results of the omreport command may vary from one system to another. The omreport command displays data for the installed components only.

NOTE: When a system includes an external chassis, the displayed results vary by operating system. On SUSE Linux Enterprise Server and Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems, omreport commands display external chassis information in a separate section after the main chassis information. On Microsoft Windows systems, data about the external chassis does not appear in the omreport output.

Table 3-2 provides a high-level summary of the omreport command. The

column titled Command level 1 shows the omreport command at its most general use. Command level 2 shows the major objects or components that you can view using omreport (about, chassis, storage, and system).

Command level 3 lists the specific objects and components to view reports.

User privilege required refers to the type of privilege you need to run the command, where U=User, P=Power User, and A=Administrator. Use is a very general statement about the actions performed using omreport. More details about the syntax and use of the command appear later in this section.

Table 3-2 lists the omreport commands available for about, system, and main

system chassis. For information about viewing storage components,

see "omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service" on page 31.

32 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 Command

Level 3

User

Privilege

Required

Use omreport modularenclosure about chassis or mainsystem details=true acswitch batteries bios biossetup

U, P, A Displays the information for all the modular chassis.

U, P, A Displays the version number and properties for Server

Administrator.

U, P, A Displays the information for all the

Server Administrator programs installed.

U, P, A Displays the general status of all the main components.

U, P, A Displays the failover settings where redundant AC power lines are supported in a system.

U, P, A Displays the properties set for batteries.

U, P, A Displays the BIOS information such as manufacturer, version, and release date.

A Displays the BIOS setup properties configured during system boot.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 33

34

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 Command

Level 3 fans firmware frontpanel

User

Privilege

Required

Use

U, P, A Displays the status and thresholds for system fans.

U, P, A Displays the name and version of the firmware.

U, P, A Displays whether the front panel button settings, such as the

Power button and/or

Nonmasking Interrupt

(NMI) button

(if present on the system), are enabled or disabled. It also displays the front panel encryption access information and the front panel LCD information.

fru hwperformance U, P, A Displays the status and cause for the system’s performance degradation.

info

U, P, A Displays the Field

Replaceable Unit

(FRU) information.

U, P, A Displays a status summary for main system chassis components.

intrusion U, P, A Displays the status of the system’s intrusion sensor(s.) omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 Command

Level 3 leds memory

User

Privilege

Required

Use

U, P, A Displays the properties you have set for light-emitting diodes to flash under various alert conditions.

U, P, A Displays properties of the system's memory arrays.

nics ports processors

U, P, A Displays the NIC and

Team interface properties.

U, P, A Displays the properties for the system’s parallel and serial ports, such as

I/O address, IRQ level, connector type, and maximum speed.

U, P, A Displays properties of the system’s processors, including speed, manufacturer, and processor family.

pwrmanagement U, P, A Displays power inventory details such as system idle power, system maximum potential power, and power budget information.

pwrmonitoring U, P, A Displays properties of power consumption.

pwrsupplies U, P, A Displays the properties of power supplies.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 35

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 storage system or servermodule

Command

Level 3 remoteaccess slots temps volts removableflash media alertaction

User

Privilege

Required

Use

U, P, A Displays general information on remote access.

U, P, A Displays the properties of the system’s expansion slots and other slot types.

U, P, A Displays the status and thresholds for the system temperature sensors.

U, P, A Displays the status and thresholds for the system voltage sensors.

U, P, A Displays the system’s virtual flash (vFlash) and secure digital (SD) card details.

U, P, A

See "Using the Storage

Management Service" on page 197.

U, P, A Displays a high-level summary of system components.

U, P, A Displays the warning and failure threshold values, as well as actions configured when an essential component detects a warning or failure state.

36 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 Command

Level 3 alertlog assetinfo

User

Privilege

Required

Use

U, P, A Allows the administrator to display the alert log.

U, P, A Displays the cost of ownership information for the system.

cmdlog esmlog

U, P, A Allows the administrator to display the command log.

U, P, A Allows the administrator to display the hardware log.

events U, P, A Displays the system’s

Simple Network

Management Protocol

(SNMP) event settings.

operatingsystem U, P, A Displays the name and version of the operating system.

pedestinations U, P, A Displays the destinations to send the configured alerts for platform events. platformevents U, P, A Displays the system’s response for each listed platform event.

recovery P, A Displays how the system is configured to respond to a hung operating system.

shutdown P, A Displays how to perform the shutdown action.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 37

Table 3-2. Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 for omreport (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level 2 preferences

Command

Level 3 summary U, P, A Displays the key facts for all system components, including main system chassis, software, and storage.

thrmshutdown P, A Displays how to perform the shutdown action, if any, when a temperature warning or failure condition is detected.

version

User

Privilege

Required

Use webserver

U, P, A Displays a summary for all updatable components on the system.

U, P, A Displays the URL information of the

Server Administrator

Web server.

38 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Help With the omreport Command

Use the omreport -? command to get a list of the available commands for omreport.

Use omreport

<command level 2> -?

to get help on the level 2 about, chassis, and system commands. The following information on omreport system -? also applies to get help for the omreport chassis command.

To see a list of valid commands for omreport system, type: omreport system -? | more

omreport modularenclosure

Use the omreport modularenclosure command to view details of the

Blade system. Type: omreport modularenclosure

NOTE: This CLI command is available when Dell OpenManage Server

Administrator is installed on Dell Blade systems.

Server Administrator displays information related to the modular enclosure and chassis management controller CMC (if available):

NOTE: The output varies depending on the configuration of the system.

Modular Chassis Information

Chassis Information

Attribute

Value

: Model

: Modular Server Enclosure

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

: Lock

: true

: Service Tag

: 8RLNB1S

: Express Service Code

: 18955029124 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 39

40

CMC Information

Attribute

Value

: Product

: Chassis Management Controller (CMC)

Attribute

Value

: Description

: The system component provides a complete set of remote management functions for Dell systems.

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

Attribute

Value

: Version

: 3.20

: IP Address

: 101.102.103.104

: IP Address Source

: Dynamic Source

: IP Address Type

: IPv4

: Remote Connect Interface

: Launch CMC Web Interface

omreport about

Use the omreport about command to learn the product name and version number of the systems management application installed on the system. The following is an example output from the omreport about command:

Product name :Dell OpenManage Server Administrator

Version :x.x.x

Copyright :Copyright (C) Dell Inc. xxxx-xxxx. All rights reserved.

Company :Dell Inc.

For details about the environment for Server Administrator, type: omreport about details=true omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Server Administrator includes a number of services, each of which has a version number of its own. The Contains field reports version numbers for the services as well as other useful details. The following output is an example, and can change depending on the system’s configuration and the version of Server Administrator installed on the system:

Contains: Instrumentation Service 7.x.x

Storage Management 4.x.x

Sun Java Runtime Environment 1.x.x_xx

Secure Port Server 7.x.x

Server Administrator Core Files 7.x.x

Instrumentation Service Integration Layer

7.x.x

Server Administrator Common Framework 7.x.x

Common Storage Module 4.x.x

Data Engine 7.x.x

Instrumentation Service 7.x.x

omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem

Commands

Use the omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem commands to view details for the entire chassis or for a particular component.

omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem

Type: omreport chassis or omreport mainsystem omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 41

42

Server Administrator displays a general status for the main system chassis or main system components.

Ok

Ok

Ok

Ok

Health

Main System Chassis

SEVERITY

Ok

Critical

: COMPONENT

: Fans

: Intrusion

: Memory

: Power Supplies

: Temperatures

: Voltages

omreport chassis acswitch or omreport mainsystem acswitch

Use the omreport chassis acswitch or omreport mainsystem acswitch command if the system has redundant AC power lines that are configured in a failover arrangement. Type: omreport chassis acswitch or omreport mainsystem acswitch

Server Administrator displays the following output:

AC Failover Switch

AC Switch Redundancy

Redundancy Status

Number of devices required for full redundancy

Redundancy Mode

Redundancy

Configuration

: Full

: 2

:

: Input Source Line 1, upon redundancy restoration, return to Line 1

AC Power Lines

Status

Location

: Ok

: AC Power Line 1 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

AC Present

Active Source

Status

Location

AC Present

Active Source

: Power Present

: Active

: Ok

: AC Power Line 2

: Power Present

: Not Active

Server Administrator reports values for the Redundancy Status and

Redundancy Mode fields.

omreport chassis batteries or omreport mainsystem batteries

Use the omreport chassis batteries or omreport mainsystem batteries command to view battery properties. Type: omreport chassis batteries or omreport mainsystem batteries

Server Administrator displays the summary of the battery information for the system.

omreport chassis bios or omreport mainsystem bios

Use the omreport chassis bios or omreport mainsystem bios command to view the current BIOS information. Type: omreport chassis bios or omreport mainsystem bios

Server Administrator displays the summary of the BIOS information for the system.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 43

44

omreport chassis biossetup or omreport mainsystem biossetup

Use the omreport chassis biossetup or omreport mainsystem biossetup command to view BIOS setup parameters that are normally available only during system boot. Type: omreport chassis biossetup or omreport mainsystem biossetup

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

To view the BIOS Setup parameters in short form, type: omreport chassis biossetup display=shortnames

Table 3-3 lists the available BIOS setup parameters on systems prior to

PowerEdge yx2x systems.

NOTE: All the BIOS Setup parameters are not displayed. Only those BIOS setup properties configured during system boot are displayed.

Table 3-3. BIOS Setup Parameters on Systems Prior to Dell PowerEdge yx2x

System

Parameters

Bootsequence

Description

Displays the device used to boot the system.

Numlock

Embedded Video

Controller

Boot Mode

Displays whether the keypad is used as number keys.

Displays whether the Embedded Video Controller option is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the boot mode is configured to BIOS or

Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI.)

Displays the Processor C1-E status.

Processor C1-E

CPU Execute Disable Displays whether the Execute Disable (XD) option is enabled or disabled.

Processor C State

Control

Processor CMP

Displays whether the Processor C State Control option is enabled or disabled.

Displays the number of cores enabled per processor.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-3. BIOS Setup Parameters on Systems Prior to Dell PowerEdge yx2x

System (continued)

Parameters

User accessible USB

Ports

CPU Virtualization

Technology

AC Power Recovery

Mode

Embedded SATA

Controller

SATA Port 0

SATA Port 1

Dual NIC (1/2)

Dual NIC (3/4)

NIC 1

NIC 2

NIC 3

NIC 4

Trusted Cryptographic

Module (TCM)

Trusted Platform

Module (TPM)

Security

Internal USB Port

(number)

Description

Displays whether the user-accessible USB port is enabled or disabled.

Displays the additional hardware capabilities provided by

Virtualization Technology.

Displays the system state when input power is restored after an outage.

Displays whether the embedded SATA controller is set to

ATA mode, RAID mode, or is disabled.

Displays the state of SATA port 0.

Displays the state of SATA port 1.

Displays whether NIC 1 and NIC 2 with PXE/iSCSI is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether NIC 3 and NIC 4 with PXE/iSCSI is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the first NIC is enabled (with or without

PXE/iSCSI) or disabled during system boot.

Displays whether the second NIC is enabled (with or without PXE/iSCSI) or disabled during system boot.

Displays whether the third NIC is enabled (with or without

PXE/iSCSI) or disabled during system boot.

Displays whether the fourth NIC is enabled (with or without PXE/iSCSI) or disabled during system boot.

Displays whether TCM is on or off.

Displays whether TPM is off, on with pre-boot measurements, or on without pre-boot measurements.

Displays whether the internal USB is enabled or disabled.

NOTE: Server Administrator may not display the USB sequence number if there is only one USB port on the system.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 45

Table 3-3. BIOS Setup Parameters on Systems Prior to Dell PowerEdge yx2x

System (continued)

Parameters

Operating System

Watchdog Timer

HT Assist

Internal SD Card

Bezel

Parallel port mode

Primary SCSI

Description

Displays whether the operating system watchdog timer is enabled or disabled.

Displays the status of the probe filter chipset option.

Displays whether the internal SD card is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the bezel removal intrusion check during system reboot is enabled or disabled.

Console Redirection

Diskette

Displays whether the BIOS screen is redirected over a particular serial port or if it is turned off.

Displays whether the diskette is disabled, auto enabled, or read-only.

Displays whether DBS is enabled or disabled on the system.

Demand Based Power

Management (DBS)

Embedded Hypervisor Displays whether the embedded hypervisor is enabled or disabled.

IDE Displays whether the drive is enabled or disabled.

IDE Primary Drive 0 Displays whether the device is automatically detected and enabled or if the device is disabled.

IDE Primary Drive 1 Displays whether the device is automatically detected and enabled or if the device is disabled.

Intrusion Displays whether the intrusion check is enabled or disabled during system boot.

Mouse

Optical Drive

Controller

Parallel port address

Displays whether the mouse is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the optical drive controller is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the address is located on LPT1, LPT2, and

LPT3, or if it is disabled.

Displays the setting associated with the parallel port.

Displays whether the device is on or off.

46 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-3. BIOS Setup Parameters on Systems Prior to Dell PowerEdge yx2x

System (continued)

Parameters

RAID on motherboard Displays whether RAID-on-motherboard is detected as a

RAID device, a SCSI device, or if the device is disabled during system boot.

RAID Channel A

Description

RAID Channel B

Displays whether RAID-on-motherboard Channel A is detected as a RAID device or a SCSI device.

Displays whether RAID-on-motherboard Channel B is detected as a RAID device or a SCSI device.

SATA

Serial Port 1

Serial Port 2

Displays whether serial port 1 is mapped to a COM port, a

COM port 1, a COM port 3, a COM1 BMC, a BMC Serial, a BMC NIC, a BMC RAC, or is disabled.

Displays whether serial port 2 is mapped to a COM port, a

COM port 2, a COM port 4, or is disabled.

Speaker

USB or USBB

Displays whether the speaker is on or off.

Displays whether the USB port is enabled or disabled.

Secondary SCSI Displays whether the device is enabled or disabled.

Serial Communications Displays whether COM port 1 and COM port 2 are off or on with or without console redirection.

Console Redirection

After Boot

External Serial

Connector

Displays whether console redirection after system reboot is enabled or disabled.

Displays whether the external serial connector is mapped to

Serial Device 1, Serial Device 2, or a Remote Access Device.

Console Redirection

Failsafe Baud Rate

Displays the setting for console redirection failsafe baud rate.

Serial Address Select Displays port address for the serial devices.

To view all available boot devices, alias names, and boot order sequences, type: omreport chassis biossetup attribute=bootorder

NOTE: In Linux systems, user or user groups upgraded to administrator or administrator groups cannot view the boot order sequence.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 47

Table 3-4 lists the available groups of the BIOS setup parameters on

PowerEdge yx2x systems.

NOTE: Based on the hardware configuration, the attributes may vary in a specific group.

Table 3-4. BIOS Setup Groups on PowerEdge yx2x Systems

Group Description

BIOS Boot Settings

Boot Settings

Controls the system boot settings when bootmode is set to

bios.

Controls the system boot settings when bootmode is set to

bios.

Sets up the Embedded Server Management options.

Embedded Server

Management

Integrated Devices

Memory Settings

Controls the devices integrated on the system board.

Controls the system memory settings.

Miscellaneous Settings Controls some miscellaneous system settings.

One-Time Boot Supports one-time boot to a specified device.

Processor Settings

SATA Settings

Controls the processor(s) settings of the system.

Control the embedded SATA ports settings.

Serial Communication Controls the Serial Communication options.

Slot Disablement Controls the system slots that are present on the system.

System Information Displays the information that uniquely identifies the system.

System Profile Settings Controls the power management settings.

System Security Controls the security features of the system.

UEFI Boot Settings Controls the system boot settings when boot mode is set to

uefi.

omreport chassis currents or omreport mainsystem currents

This command is no longer available through Server Administrator.

48 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

omreport chassis removableflashmedia or omreport mainsystem removableflashmedia

Use the omreport chassis removableflashmedia or omreport mainsystem

removableflashmedia to view the removable flash media details on the system along with its health status. Type: omreport chassis removableflashmedia or omreport mainsystem removableflashmedia

Server Administrator displays a summary of the system’s removable flash media information.

NOTE: If the vFlash or SD card size is less than 1 GB, the size is displayed in MB.

Depending on the configuration of the system, you may notice the following output:

Removable Flash Media Information

Health : Critical

Internal Dual SD Module Redundancy: Critical

Attribute

Value

: Redundancy

: Lost

Internal SD Modules Status

Status

Connector Name

State

Storage Size

: OK

: System Board SD Status 1

: Present

: 512 MB omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 49

Status

Connector Name

State

Storage Size

VFlash Media Details

Connector Name

Type

State

Available Size

Storage Size

: OK

: System Board SD Status 2

: Present

: 512 MB

: System Board SD Status 1

: vFlash SD Card

: Present

: 472 MB

: 512 MB

omreport chassis fans or omreport mainsystem fans

Use the omreport chassis fans or omreport mainsystem fans command to view the fan probe status and settings. Type: omreport chassis fans index=n or omreport mainsystem fans index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays a summary of status, readings, and thresholds set for any fan probes that are present on the system. If you specify the index, Server

Administrator displays a summary for a specific fan probe.

omreport chassis firmware or omreport mainsystem firmware

Use the omreport chassis firmware or omreport mainsystem firmware command to view current firmware properties. When you type: omreport chassis firmware or omreport mainsystem firmware

50 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Server Administrator displays a summary of the system’s firmware properties.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

NOTE: If iDRAC is installed, Server Administrator displays the Life Cycle Controller

(LCC) version. If BMC is installed, Server Administrator displays the Unified Server

Configurator (USC) version.

omreport chassis frontpanel or omreport mainsystem frontpanel

Use the omreport chassis frontpanel or omreport mainsystem frontpanel command to view if the front panel button control settings, such as the Power button and/or Nonmasking Interrupt (NMI) button (if present on the system), are enabled or disabled.

If the Power button override is present on the system, check whether the

Power button override is enabled or not. If enabled, the Power button turns the power to the system On and Off.

If the NMI button is present on the system, check whether the NMI button is enabled or not. Use the NMI button to troubleshoot software and device errors when using certain operating systems.

The Front Panel LCD Security Access displays if the front panel encryption access information is set to View, Modify, or Disable.

The Front Panel LCD Information displays information such as service tag, remote indication status, and so on.

omreport chassis fru or omreport mainsystem fru

Use the omreport chassis fru or omreport mainsystem fru command to view

FRU information. When you type: omreport chassis fru or omreport mainsystem fru

Server Administrator displays a summary of the system’s FRU information.

This information is available in the Server Administrator GUI, SNMP, and Common Information Model and is primarily used to support troubleshooting activities.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 51

omreport chassis hwperformance or omreport mainsystem hwperformance

Use the omreport chassis hwperformance or omreport mainsystem

hwperformance command to view the status and cause for the system’s performance degradation. When you type: omreport chassis hwperformance or omreport mainsystem hwperformance

Server Administrator displays a summary of the system’s hardware performance degradation information.

NOTE: This command is applicable only to selected Dell yx0x systems that support

PMBus.

Depending on the system’s configuration, you may notice the following output:

Hardware Performance

Index

Probe Name

Status

Cause

: 0

: System Board Power Optimized

: Normal

: [N/A]

omreport chassis info or omreport mainsystem info

Use the omreport chassis info or omreport mainsystem info command to see a summary of installed component versions. Type: omreport chassis info index=n or omreport mainsystem info index=n

52 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The index parameter specifies a chassis number and is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server Administrator displays summary chassis information for each chassis. If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays summary information for a specific chassis.

NOTE: If iDRAC is installed, Server Administrator displays the LCC version. If BMC is installed, Server Administrator displays the USC version.

Depending on the system’s configuration, you may notice the following output:

Index : 0

Chassis Name

Host Name iDRAC7 Version

Chassis Model

: Main System Chassis

: WIN-27C02UQFV6L

: 1.00

: PowerEdge R720

Chassis Lock

Chassis Service Tag

: Present

: 7654321

Express Service Code : 15608862073

Chassis Asset Tag : c

omreport chassis intrusion

Use the omreport chassis intrusion command to find out whether the cover of the system is open or not. Server Administrator tracks chassis intrusion events because intrusions may indicate an attempt to steal a system component, or to perform unauthorized maintenance on the system. Type: omreport chassis intrusion omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 53

A message that resembles the following is displayed:

Intrusion Information

Health

Index

: Ok

: 0

Status

Probe Name

State

: OK

: Intrusion

: Chassis is closed

omreport chassis leds or omreport mainsystem leds

Use the omreport chassis leds or omreport mainsystem leds command to find out whether clear hard drive fault is supported and what severity level lights up the LED. Type: omreport chassis leds index=n or omreport mainsystem leds index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays a summary of LED information for chassis 0. If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays a summary for a specific chassis.

The following is an example output:

Main System Chassis

Flash chassis identify LED state : Off

Flash chassis identify LED timeout value : 300

54 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

omreport chassis memory or omreport mainsystem memory

Use the omreport chassis memory or omreport mainsystem memory to view details for each memory module slot in the system. If the system supports redundant memory, this command also displays the status, state, and type of memory redundancy implemented on the system. Type: omreport chassis memory index=n or omreport mainsystem index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays information for all memory modules on the system.

If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays a summary for a specific memory module.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

Output for an occupied memory slot may resemble the following:

Index

Status

Connector Name

Type

: 1

: Ok

: DIMM_A1

: DDR3 - Synchronous Unregistered

<Unbuffered>

Size

: 2048 MB

An unoccupied memory slot still has a connector name. Output for an unoccupied memory slot may resemble the following:

Index

Status

Connector Name

Type

Size

:

: Unknown

: DIMM_A2

: [Not Occupied]

: omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 55

If the system supports redundant memory, the redundancy output may resemble the following:

Memory Redundancy

Redundancy Status

Fail Over State

Redundancy

: Full

: Inactive

Configuration

Attributes of Memory

: DDDC

Array(s)

Attributes

Memory Array 1

Attributes

Memory Array 1

Attributes

Memory Array 1

Attributes

: Location

: System Board or Motherboard

: Use

: System memory

: Installed Capacity

: 131072 MB

: Maximum Capacity

: 1048576 MB Memory Array 1

Attributes

Memory Array 1

Attributes

Memory Array 1

Attributes

Memory Array 1

: Slots Available

: 32

: Slots Used

: 32

: Error Correction

: Multibit ECC

omreport chassis nics or omreport mainsystem nics

Use the omreport chassis nics or omreport mainsystem nics command to view NIC and Team interface details. On XenServer, the command displays all the installed NICs, regardless of driver installation.

NOTE: The order in which devices are detected is not guaranteed to match the physical port ordering of the device.

To view NIC properties, type: omreport chassis nics index=n or omreport mainsystem nics index=n

56 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays properties of all NICs on the system and the values for the following fields: Index (NIC card number), Interface Name, Vendor,

Description, Connection Status, and Slot.

If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays properties for a specific

NIC and the values for the following fields: Physical Interface, Interface

name, IPv4 Addresses, IPv6 Addresses, Physical Interface Receive Statistics,

Physical Interface Transmit Statistics, Interface Receive Statistics, and

Interface Transmit Statistics.

NOTE: The Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI over Ethernet (iSoE) features of Converged Network Adapter (CNA) cards are not supported on VMware

ESX and VMware ESXi systems.

To view Team interface properties, type: omreport chassis nics config=team index=n or omreport mainsystem nics config=team index=n

NOTE: This command is applicable only if Team interface is configured in the system. Team interface is configured using NIC vendor tools, such as Broadcom.

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays details of all the Team interfaces on the system and the values for the following fields: Index (NIC card number), Interface

Name, Vendor, Description, and Redundancy Status.

If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays the Team interface details for the specific NIC and the values for the following fields: Team

Interface, Interface, IPv4 Addresses, IPv6 Addresses, Team Interface Receive

Statistics, Team Interface Transmit Statistics, Interface Receive Statistics, and Interface Transmit Statistics.

omreport chassis ports or omreport mainsystem ports

Use the omreport chassis ports or omreport mainsystem ports command to view properties of the system’s parallel and serial ports.

Server Administrator displays values for the following fields: Port Type,

External Name, Base I/O Address, IRQ Level, Connector Type, and

Maximum Speed.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 57

58

Port Type is the detailed type of each system port, from the more general serial, parallel, and USB ports to the names of ports by device type connected to it, for example, pointing device or keyboard.

External Name is the name of the port, such as serial or parallel, USB, mouse, keyboard, and so on.

Base I/O Address is the starting I/O address expressed in hexadecimal.

IRQ Level is a hardware interrupt on a system. The hardware interrupt signals the system's CPU that an event has started or ended in a peripheral component such as a modem or printer. When communicated over a peripheral component interconnect card, the IRQ level is a standard way to identify the type of device that is sending the interrupt request.

Connector Type refers to the type of plug or cable and plug that connects two devices together, in this case, the type of connector that attaches an external device to a system. There are many connector types, each designed to connect a different device type to a system. Examples include DB-9 Male, AT,

Access Bus, PS/2, and so on.

Maximum Speed is the port speed. Port speed refers to the data transmission rate of an input/output channel, measured in numbers of bits per second.

Serial ports usually have a maximum speed of 115 Kbps and USB version 1.x ports have a maximum speed of 12 Kbps.

omreport chassis processors or omreport mainsystem processors

Use the omreport chassis processors or omreport mainsystem processors command to view properties of the system’s processors.

Server Administrator displays values for the following fields: Index, Status,

Connector Name, Processor Brand, Processor Version, Current Speed, State, and Core Count.

Index is the processor number.

Status is the current status of the processor.

Connector Name is the name or number of the device that occupies the processor slot in the system.

Processor Brand is the type of processor made by a manufacturer such as

Intel Itanium, Intel Pentium III, Intel Xeon, or AMD Opteron.

Processor Version is the model and stepping number of the processor.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Current Speed is the actual processor speed in MegaHertz at system boot time.

State is whether the processor slot is enabled or disabled.

Core Count is the number of processors integrated into one chip.

Capabilities and Cache Properties of a Specific Processor

To view the cache properties of a processor on a given connector, type: omreport chassis processors index=n or omreport mainsystem processors index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays properties for all processors. If you specify the index,

Server Administrator displays properties for a specific processor.

The following fields are defined for the capabilities present on a particular microprocessor:

For Intel Processor

• 64-bit Support

• Hyperthreading (HT)

• Virtualization Technology (VT)

• Demand-Based Switching (DBS)

• Execute Disable (XD)

• Turbo Mode

For AMD Processor

• 64-bit Support

• AMD-V

• AMD PowerNow!

• No Execute (NX) omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 59

The following fields are defined for a cache present on a particular microprocessor. If the cache is internal to the processor, the fields do not appear in the cache report:

• Speed

• Cache Device Supported Type

• Cache Device Current Type

• External Socket Name

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

Fields Reported for Each Cache on a Particular Processor

The following fields are displayed for each cache on a particular processor:

Status reports whether a specific cache on the processor is enabled or disabled.

Level refers to a primary or secondary cache. Primary-level cache is a memory bank built into the processor. Secondary-level cache is a staging area that feeds the primary cache. A secondary-level cache is built into the processor or resides in a memory chipset outside the processor. The internal processor cache is referred to as a Level 1 (or L1). L2 cache is the external cache in a system with an Intel Pentium processor, and it is the second level of cache that is accessed. The names L1 and L2 are not indicative of where the cache is physically located (internal or external), but describe which cache is accessed first (L1, therefore internal).

Speed refers to the rate at which the cache can forward data from the main memory to the processor.

Max Size is the maximum amount of memory that the cache can hold in kilobytes.

Installed Size is the actual size of the cache.

Type indicates whether the cache is primary or secondary.

Location is the location of the cache on the processor or on a chipset outside the processor.

60 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

A Write Policy describes how the cache deals with a write cycle. In a write-back policy, the cache acts like a buffer. When the processor starts a write cycle, the cache receives the data and stops the cycle. The cache then writes the data back to the main memory when the system bus is available.

In a write-through policy, the processor writes through the cache to the main memory. The write cycle does not complete until the data is stored into the main memory.

Associativity refers to the way in which main memory content is stored on the cache.

• A fully associative cache allows any line in main memory to store at any location in the cache.

• A n-way set-associative cache directly maps n specific lines of memory to the same n lines of cache. For example, line 0 of any page in memory is stored in line 0 of cache memory.

Cache Device Supported Type is the type of static random access memory

(SRAM) that the device can support.

Cache Device Current Type is the type of the currently installed SRAM that the cache is supporting.

External Socket Name Silk Screen Name is the name printed on the system board next to the socket.

Error Correction Type identifies the type of error checking and correction

(ECC) that this memory can perform. Examples are correctable ECC or uncorrectable ECC.

This report shows cache information for each cache present on the microprocessor. omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 61

omreport chassis pwrmanagement or omreport mainsystem pwrmanagement

Use the omreport chassis pwrmanagement or omreport mainsystem

pwrmanagement command to view the power budget cap and power management profiles of the system. The values display either in Watts or

BTU/Hr based on the configuration. Type: omreport chassis pwrmanagement or omreport mainsystem pwrmanagement

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

NOTE: The omreport chassis pwrmanagement or omreport mainsystem pwrmanagement command is applicable from PowerEdge yx1x system onwards that support Power Management Bus (PMBus) and that have hot-swappable power supplies and not systems that have a fixed, non-redundant power supply installed.

For each power management profile in the system, values display for the following fields:

Maximum Performance, Active Power Controller, OS Control, and Custom.

Custom attributes are:

CPU Power and Performance Management, Memory Power and

Performance Management, and Fan Power and Performance Management.

62 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The following is an example output:

Power Inventory and Budget

Power Inventory

System Idle Power

System Maximum Potential Power

Power Budget

:

:

0 W

0 W

Attribute

Values

:

:

Enable Power Cap

Enabled

Attribute

Values

:

:

Power Cap

400 W (56%)

NOTE: Power budget requires license to report the details. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system does not display the power budget details. For more information, see dell.com/support/manuals.

The Dell Licensing Management Guide at

omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem pwrmonitoring

Use the omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem

pwrmonitoring command to view the properties of the system’s power consumption. The values display either in Watts or BTU/Hr based on the configuration. Type: omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem pwrmonitoring

For each power monitoring profile in the system, values display for the following fields:

• Power Consumption Status

• Probe Name

• Reading

• Warning Threshold omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 63

• Failure Threshold

• Amperage: Location and Reading

• Power Tracking Statistics

• Energy Consumption

• Measurement Start Time

• Measurement Finish Time

• Reading

• System Peak Power

• System Peak Amperage

NOTE: The omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem pwrmonitoring command is applicable from PowerEdge have a fixed, non-redundant power supply installed.

yx0x system onwards that support PMBus and that have hot-swappable power supplies and not systems that

NOTE: Power monitoring requires license to report the details. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system does not display the power consumption details of the system. For more information, see The Dell Licensing

Management Guide at dell.com/support/manuals.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

Table 3-5. omreport chassis pwrmonitoring or omreport mainsystem pwrmonitoring name=value pair config=stats

Description

Reports power statistics in Watts.

64 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The following is an example output:

Power Consumption Information

Power Consumption

Index

Status

Probe Name

: 1

: Ok

: System Board Pwr

Consumption

Reading

Warning Threshold

Failure Threshold

Amperage

PS1 Current 1

Power Headroom

: 539W

: 994W

: 1400 W

: 1.2 A

System Instantaneous

Headroom : 300 W

System Peak Headroom : 340 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 65

Power Tracking Statistics

Statistic : Energy consumption

Measurement Start Time : Thu May 28 11:03:20 2011

Measurement Finish

Time

: Fri May 28 11:05:46 2011

Reading : 5.9 KWH

Statistics : System Peak Power

Measurement Start Time : Mon May 18 16:03:20 2011

Peak Time

Peak Reading

: Wed May 27 00:23:46 2011

: 630 W

Statistics

Measured Since

: System Peak Amperage

: Mon May 18 16:03:20 2011

Read Time : Tue May 19 04:06:32 2011

Peak Reading : 2.5 A

NOTE: Power Management features are only available for PowerEdge systems that have hot-swappable power supplies and not systems that have a fixed, nonredundant power supply installed.

66 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

omreport chassis pwrsupplies or omreport mainsystem pwrsupplies

Use the omreport chassis pwrsupplies or omreport mainsystem pwrsupplies command to view properties of the system’s power supplies. Type: omreport chassis pwrsupplies or omreport mainsystem pwrsupplies

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

For each power supply profile in the system, values display for the following fields:

• Status

• Location

• Type

• Rated Input Wattage (in Watts)

• Maximum Output Wattage

• Online Status

• Power Monitoring Capable

omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem remoteaccess

Use the omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem

remoteaccess command to view general information on baseboard management controller or integrated Dell remote access controller

(BMC/iDRAC) and r emote access controller if DRAC is installed.

Type: omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem remoteaccess

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 67

68

The output of the omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem

remoteaccess command lists each of the valid parameters. Table 3-6 lists the

available settings.

Table 3-6. Valid parameters of omreport chassis remoteaccess or omreport mainsystem remoteaccess name=value pair Description config=additional Reports the current state of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses on iDRAC.

config=advsol Reports advanced BMC/iDRAC or remote access information on a serial over local area network (LAN) connection.

config=nic Reports BMC/iDRAC or remote access information for the

LAN.

Reports serial port information for BMC or remote access.

config=serial config=serialoverlan Reports BMC/iDRAC or remote access information on a serial over LAN connection.

config= terminalmode

Reports terminal mode settings for the serial port. config=user Reports information on BMC/iDRAC or remote access users.

omreport chassis slots or omreport mainsystem slots

Use the omreport chassis slots or omreport mainsystem slots command to view properties of the system’s slots.

Type: omreport chassis slots index=n or omreport mainsystem slots index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays properties for all of the slots in the system. If you specify the index, Server Administrator displays properties for a specific slot.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable. omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

For each slot in the system, values display for the following fields: Index,

Slot ID, Adapter, and Data Bus Width.

Index is the number of the slot in the system.

Slot ID is the silk screen name printed on the system's motherboard next to the slot. Alphanumeric text uniquely identifies each slot in the system.

Adapter refers to the name and/or type of the card that fits into the slot, for example, a storage array controller, SCSI adapter, iDRAC Enterprise, or HBA.

Data Bus Width is the width, in bits, of the information pathway between the components of a system. The range of the data bus width is from 16 to 64 bits.

omreport chassis temps or omreport mainsystem temps

Use the omreport chassis temps or omreport mainsystem temps command to view properties of the system’s temperature probes. Type: omreport chassis temps index=n or omreport mainsystem temps index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays a summary of status, readings, and thresholds set for any temperature probes that are present on the system. If you specify the

index, Server Administrator displays a summary for a specific temperature probe.

omreport chassis volts or omreport mainsystem volts

Use the omreport chassis volts or omreport mainsystem volts command to view properties of the system’s voltage probes. Type: omreport chassis volts index=n or omreport mainsystem volts index=n

The index parameter is optional. If you do not specify the index, Server

Administrator displays a summary of status, readings, and thresholds set for any voltage probes that are present on the system. If you specify the index,

Server Administrator displays a summary for a specific voltage probe.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 69

omreport system Commands or omreport servermodule Commands

Use the omreport system or omreport servermodule command to view logs, threshold values, cost of ownership information, and information about how shutdown actions and recovery actions are configured.

omreport system or omreport servermodule

Use the omreport system or omreport servermodule command to see a general status of the components of the system. When you specify a level 3 command, such as omreport system shutdown or omreport servermodule

shutdown, you get detailed information for one system component rather than the high-level status obtained with omreport system or omreport

servermodule.

Type: omreport system or omreport servermodule

If the system has both a main system chassis or main system and at least one direct attached storage device, Server Administrator may display a summary that resembles the following example:

SEVERITY : COMPONENT

Ok : Main System Chassis

Critical : Storage

70 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Commands for Viewing Logs

Use the omreport system or omreport servermodule command to view logs: the alert log, the command log, and the hardware or ESM log.

NOTE: If the Alert log or Command log displays invalid XML data (such as when

XML data generated for the selection is not well-formed), you must clear the log and resolve the issue. To clear the log, type: omconfig system alertlog action=clear or omconfig system cmdlog action=clear

. If you need to retain the log information for future reference, save a copy of the log before

clearing. See "Commands for Clearing Logs" on page 163 for more information about

clearing logs.

To view the contents of the alert log, type: omreport system alertlog or omreport servermodule alertlog

To view the contents of the command log, type: omreport system cmdlog or omreport servermodule cmdlog

To view the contents of the ESM log, type: omreport system esmlog or omreport servermodule esmlog omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 71

72

Overall Health Status of the ESM Log

When you run the omreport system esmlog or omreport servermodule

esmlog command, the ESM log is displayed. The first line of the report reflects the overall health of the system hardware. For example, Health: OK means that less than 80 percent of the space allotted for the ESM log is occupied by messages. If 80 percent or more of the allotted space for the ESM log is occupied, the following caution is displayed:

Health: Non-Critical

If a caution is displayed, resolve all warning and critical severity conditions, and then clear the log.

omreport system alertaction or omreport servermodule alertaction

Use the omreport system alertaction or omreport servermodule alertaction command to view a summary of alert actions that have been configured for warning and failure events on the system components. Alert actions determine how Server Administrator responds when a component has a warning or failure event.

The omreport system alertaction or omreport servermodule alertaction command is useful for viewing which alert actions have been specified for components. To set an alert action for a component, use the omconfig system

alertaction or omconfig servermodule alertaction command. For more

information, see "omconfig: Managing Components Using the

Instrumentation Service" on page 91.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

Components and Events Having View Alert Actions

View alert action properties for the following components and events, if the components or events are present on the system:

• Battery Warning

• Battery Failure

• Chassis Intrusion omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

• Current Probe Warning

• Current Probe Failure

• Fan Warning

• Fan Failure

• Memory Pre-failure

• Memory Failure

• System Power Probe Warning

• System Power Probe Detects a Failure

• System Peak Power

• Power Supply Warning

• Power Supply Failure

• Degraded Redundancy

• Lost Redundancy

• Temperature Warning

• Temperature Failure

• Voltage Warning

• Voltage Failure

• Processor Warning

• Processor Failure

• Hardware Log Warning

• Hardware Log Full

• Watchdog Asr

• Storage System Warning

• Storage System Failure

• Storage Controller Warning

• Storage Controller Failure

• Physical Disk Warning

• Physical Disk Failure

• Virtual Disk Warning

• Virtual Disk Failure omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 73

• Enclosure Warning

• Enclosure Failure

• Storage Controller Battery Warning

• Storage Controller Battery Failure

• Removable Flash Media Present

• Removable Flash Media Removed

• Removable Flash Media Failure

NOTE: Storage Controller Battery Warning and Storage Controller Battery Failure events are not available on Blade systems.

NOTE: System Power Probe Warning is not applicable to Blade systems.

omreport system assetinfo or omreport servermodule assetinfo

Use the omreport system assetinfo or omreport servermodule assetinfo command to see cost of ownership data for the system, such as acquisition, depreciation, and warranty information. To set any of these fields, use the

omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig servermodule assetinfo command.

For more information, see "omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo:

Editing Cost of Ownership Values" on page 177.

omreport system events or omreport servermodule events

Use the omreport system events or omreport servermodule events command to view the currently enabled or disabled SNMP traps. This command displays a summary of each component in the system for which events are generated. For each component, the report shows which severities are set to report and which severities are set not to report. Type: omreport system events or omreport servermodule events

74 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The following is an example output for a few components:

Current SNMP Trap Configuration

-----------

System

-----------

Settings

Enable: Informational, Warning and Critical

Disable: None

---------------

Power Supplies

----------------

Settings

Enable: Informational, Warning and Critical

Disable: None

-----------

Fans

-----------

Settings

Enable: Critical

Disable: Informational, Warning, and Critical

---------------------

Removable Flash Media

---------------------

Settings

Enable: Informational, Warning and Critical

Disable: None

The full report lists the settings for all components in the system for which events are generated.

To view the status for components of a specific type, use the omreport system

events type=<component name> or omreport servermodule event type=

<

component name

>

command. This command displays a summary of each

component in the system for which events are generated. Table 3-7 lists the

events displayed for various component types.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 75

76

Table 3-7. System Events by Component Type name=value pair Description type=accords type=battery type=fanenclosures type=fans type=intrusion type=log type=memory type=powersupplies

Reports events for AC power cords

Reports events for batteries

Reports events for fan enclosures

Reports events for fans

Reports events for chassis intrusion

Reports events for logs

Reports events for memory

Reports events for power supplies type=redundancy type=systempower

Reports events for redundancy

Reports events for system power type=temps Reports events for temperatures type=removableflashmedia Reports events for removable flash media type=volts Reports events for voltages

Example Command for an Event Type

Type: omreport system events type=fans or omreport servermodule events type=fans

The following is an example output:

Current SNMP Trap Configuration

-------

System

-------

Settings

Enable: Informational, Warning, and Critical

Disable: None omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

-----------

Fans Group

----------

Settings

Enable: Informational, Warning, and Critical

Disable: None

-----------

Individual Objects

-----------

System Board Fan1 RPM Settings

Index:0

Enable: Informational

, Warning, and Critical

Disable: None

System Board Fan2 RPM Settings

Index:1

Enable: Informational

, Warning, and Critical

Disable: None

omreport system operatingsystem or omreport servermodule operatingsystem

Use the omreport system operatingsystem or omreport servermodule

operatingsystem command to display information about the operating system.

omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule pedestinations

Use the omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule

pedestinations command to view destinations where alerts are sent for platform events. Depending on the number of destinations displayed, configure a separate IP address for each destination address. omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 77

Type: omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule pedestinations

The output of the omreport system pedestinations or omreport

servermodule pedestinations command lists each of the valid parameters.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

NOTE: The actual number of destinations you can configure on the system may

differ. Table 3-8 lists the available settings.

Table 3-8. Settings for the omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule pedestinations

Output

Destination List

Attributes Description

Destination Number:

Destination1

Destination Number:

Destination 2

Destination Number:

Destination 3

destination 1: Displays the first destination.

Example:

101.102.103.104: IPv4 address of the first destination.

destination 2: Displays the second destination.

Example:

110.120.130.140: IPv4 address of the second destination.

destination 3: Displays the third destination.

Example:

201:202:203:204: IPv4 address of the third destination.

78 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 3-8. Settings for the omreport system pedestinations or omreport servermodule pedestinations (continued)

Output Attributes

Destination Number:

Destination 4

Destination Number:

Destination 5

Destination Number:

Destination 6

Destination Number:

Destination 7

Destination Number:

Destination 8

Description

destination 4: Displays the fourth destination.

Example:

210.211.212.213: IPv4 address of the fourth destination.

destination 5: Displays the fifth destination.

Example:

2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7

334: IPv6 address of the fifth destination.

destination 6: Displays the sixth destination.

Example:

2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7

334: IPv6 address of the sixth destination.

destination 7: Displays the seventh destination.

Example:

210.211.212.213: IPv4 address of the seventh destination.

destination 8: Displays the eighth destination.

210.211.212.213: IPv4 address of the eighth destination.

Destination

Configuration

Settings attribute= communitystring

communitystring: Displays the text string that acts as a password and is used to authenticate SNMP messages sent between the BMC and the destination management station.

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 79

80

omreport system platformevents or omreport servermodule platformevents

Use the omreport system platformevents or omreport servermodule

platformevents command to view how the system responds for each listed platform event.

NOTE: To maintain consistency across the commands, the output format of this command has changed. Change the user scripts as applicable.

omreport system recovery or omreport servermodule recovery

Use the omreport system recovery or omreport servermodule recovery command to see whether there is an action configured for a hung operating system. Also view the number of seconds that must elapse before an operating system is considered hung.

omreport system shutdown or omreport servermodule shutdown

Use the omreport system shutdown or omreport servermodule shutdown command to view any pending shutdown actions for the system. If properties for shutdown are configured, executing this command displays these properties.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

omreport system summary or omreport servermodule summary

Use the omreport system summary or omreport servermodule summary command to view a comprehensive summary of software and hardware components currently installed on the system.

Type: omreport system summary or omreport servermodule summary

NOTE: If the vFlash or SD card size is less than 1 GB, the size is displayed in MB.

NOTE: If iDRAC is installed, Server Administrator displays the LCC version. If BMC is installed, Server Administrator displays the USC version. omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

The output that is displayed in the CLI window depends on the systems management software, operating system, and hardware components and options installed on the system. The following partial command results are unique and may not resemble the hardware and software configuration of the system:

System Summary

-----------------

Software Profile

-----------------

Systems Management

Name

Version

: Dell OpenManage Server

Administrator

: x.x.x

Description

Contains

: Systems Management Software

: Common Storage Module 4.x.x

: Data Engine 7.x.x

: Hardware Application Programming

Interface 7.x.x

: Instrumentation Service 7.x.x

: Instrumentation Service

Integration Layer 7.0.0

: OpenManage Inventory Collector

7.x.x

: Remote Access Controller Data

Populator 7.x.x

: Remote Access Controller Managed

Node 7.x.x

: Secure Port Server 7.x.x

: Server Administrator Common

Framework 7.x.x

omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 81

: Server Administrator Core files

7.x.x

: Storage Management 4.x.x

: Sun Java Runtime Environment

1.x.x

Operating System

Name : Microsoft Windows Server 2008

R2, Enterprise x64 Edition

Version : Version 6.1 <Build 7600> <x64>

Server Full Installation

: Fri May 20 18:02:52 2XXX System Time

System Bootup Time : Wed May 18 18:37:58 2XXX

----------

System

--------------

System

Host Name

System Location

Life Cycle

Controller

------------

Main System

Chassis

-----------

Chassis

Information

Chassis Model

Chassis Service

Tag

: WIN-27C02UQFV6L

: Please set the value

: [N/A]

: PowerEdge R720

: 7654321

82 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Express Service

Code

: 15608862073

Chassis Lock : Present

Chassis Asset Tag : c

Remote Access

Information

Remote Access

Device vFlash Media

: iDRAC7 Express

: Absent

Processor 1

Processor Brand : Genuine Intel (R) CPU @ 1.60GHz

Processor Version : Model 45 Stepping 2

Voltage : 1200 W

Memory

Total Installed

Capacity

Memory Available to the OS

Total Maximum

Capacity

: 2048 MB

: 2048 MB

: 786432 MB

Memory Array Count : 1

Memory Array 1

Location : System Board or Motherboard

Use : System Memory

Installed Capacity : 2048 MB omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 83

Maximum Capacity : 786432 MB

Slots Available

Slots Used

: 24

: 1

Slot PCI1

Adapter

Type

Data Bus Width

Speed

Slot Length

Voltage Supply

: [Not Occupied]

: PCI E Gen 3 X16

: 8x or x8

: [Not obtained, see card documentation]

: Long

: 3.3 Volts

Slot PCI2

Adapter

Type

Data Bus Width

Speed

Slot Length

Voltage Supply

: [Not Occupied]

: PCI E Gen 3 X16

: 8x or x8

: [Not obtained, see card documentation]

: Long

: 3.3 Volts

BIOS Information

Manufacturer

Version

Release Date

: Dell Inc.

: 0.3.5

: 05/16/2011

84 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Firmware

Information

Name

Version

: iDRAC7

: 1.00

---------------

Network Data

---------------

Network Interface

0

IP Address : 10.94.22.111

Subnet Mask

Default Gateway

MAC Address

: 255.255.254.0

: 10.94.22.1

: 14-FE-B5-FF-AF-D0

Network Interface

1

IP Address : [No Value]

MAC Address : 14-FE-B5-FF-AF-D1

Network Interface

2

IP Address : [No Value]

MAC Address : 14-FE-B5-FF-AF-D2 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 85

86

-----------------

Storage Enclosure

-----------------

Storage Enclosure

Name : Backplane

The system summary hardware information includes data values for installed components of the following types present in the system:

System Attributes

• Host Name

• System Location

• Life Cycle Controller

Main System Chassis or Main System

Chassis

• Chassis Model

• Chassis Service Tag

• Express Service Code

• Chassis Lock

• Chassis Asset Tag

Remote Access Information

• Remote Access Device

• vFlash Media

• vFlash Media Size

Processor

The following are listed for each processor in the system:

• Processor Brand

• Processor Family

• Processor Version omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

• Current Speed

• Maximum Speed

• External Clock Speed

• Voltage

Memory

• Total Installed Capacity

• Memory Available to the Operating System

• Total Maximum Capacity

• Memory Array Count

Memory Array

The following details are listed for each memory board or module in the system (for example, the system board or the memory module in a given slot number):

• Location

• Use

• Installed Capacity

• Maximum Capacity

• Slots Available

• Slots Used

• ECC Type

BIOS

• Manufacturer

• BIOS Version

• Release Date

Firmware

• Name

• Version omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 87

Network Data

The following details are listed for each NIC and Team interface, if Team interface is configured in the system:

• IP Address

• Subnet Mask

• Default Gateway

• MAC Address

Storage Enclosures

The following details are listed for each storage enclosure attached to the system:

• Name

• Service Tag

omreport system thrmshutdown or omreport servermodule thrmshutdown

Use the omreport system thrmshutdown or omreport servermodule

thrmshutdown command to view the properties configured for a thermal shutdown action.

The three properties that display for thermal shutdown are disabled, warning, or failure. If the CLI displays the following message, the thermal shutdown feature has been disabled:

Thermal protect shutdown severity: disabled

If the system is configured to shutdown when a temperature probe detects a warning or failure event, one of the following messages is displayed:

Thermal protect shutdown severity: warning

Thermal protect shutdown severity: failure

omreport system version or omreport servermodule version

Use the omreport system version or omreport servermodule version command to list the version numbers of the BIOS, firmware, systems management software, and operating system installed on the system.

88 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

Example Command Output

Type: omreport system version or omreport servermodule version

NOTE: If iDRAC is installed, Server Administrator displays the LCC version. If BMC is installed, Server Administrator displays the USC version.

The output that is displayed in the CLI window depends on the version of the

BIOS, RAID controllers, and firmware installed on the system. The following

partial command results are unique and may not resemble the results for the configuration of the system:

Version Report

---------------------

Main System Chassis

---------------------

Name : BIOS

Version : 0.3.5

Name : iDRAC7

Version : 1.00

---------------------

Software

---------------------

Name

Version

: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2,

Enterprise x64 edition

: Version 6.1 (Build 7600) (x64)

Server Full Installation

Name

Version

:

:

Dell Server Administrator

7.x.x omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service 89

------------------------------------

Storage Controller Firmware

------------------------------------

Name: PERC H310 Mini

Version: 20.10.1-0025

omreport preferences Commands

Use the omreport preferences command to view the URL information of the

Server Administrator Web server.

Table 3-9 lists the available attributes.

Table 3-9. Attributes of omreport preferences webserver name=value pair Description attribute=geturl Reports the URL information of the Web server.

attribute=getsignalgorithm Reports the current key sign algorithm.

90 omreport: Viewing System Status Using the Instrumentation Service

omconfig: Managing Components

Using the Instrumentation Service

4

The omconfig command allows you to provide values that define warning events, configure alert actions, clear logs, and configure system shutdown, as well as perform other systems management tasks.

Examples of omconfig capabilities include:

• Administrator privilege to clear command, alert, and hardware logs

• Administrator privilege to configure and execute system shutdown

• Power user and administrator privilege to specify values for warning events on fans, voltage probes, and temperature probes

• Power user and administrator privilege to set alert actions in case of a warning or failure event from intrusion, fans, voltage probes, and temperature probes

For information on using the omconfig command to view and manage cost of

ownership information (assetinfo), see "omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values" on page 177.

Often, you must use the omreport command to get the information required to execute an omconfig command. For example, to edit the minimum temperature for a warning event on a temperature probe, you must know the index of the probe. Use the omreport chassis temps or omreport mainsystem

temp command to display a list of probes and their indexes. For more

information on using the omreport command, see "omreport: Viewing System

Status Using the Instrumentation Service" on page 31.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 91

Table 4-1. System Availability for the omconfig Command

Command Level 1 omconfig

Command Level 2 servermodule mainsystem system chassis

Applicable to

Blade systems

Blade systems

Rack and Tower systems

Rack and Tower systems

Conventions for Parameter Tables

When listing the parameters that a command can take, the parameters are listed in alphabetical order instead of the order in which they appear in the command line interface (CLI).

The symbol |, often called pipe, is the logical exclusive or operator. For example, enable | disable means you can enable or disable the component or feature, but you cannot simultaneously enable and disable the component or feature.

omconfig Command Summary

Table 4-2 is a high-level summary of the omconfig command. The columns

titled Command level 2 and Command level 3 list the major arguments that are used with omconfig. User privilege required refers to the type of privilege you need to run the command, where U=User, P=Power User, and A=

Administrator. Use is a very general statement about the actions that are performed using omconfig. More information about the syntax and use of the

omconfig command appear later in this section.

NOTE: Although the table lists all possible omconfig commands, the commands available on the system depend on the system configuration. If you try to get help or execute a command for a component not installed on the system, Server

Administrator displays a message that the component or feature is not found on the system.

NOTE: When CSIOR (Collect System Inventory on Restart) is disabled, omconfig does not allow to configure the BIOS settings.

92 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-2. omconfig Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 User

Privilege

Required

Use omconfig about details=true

U, P, A

U, P, A

Shows version number and properties for the Server

Administrator program.

Displays information for all of the Server Administrator programs that are installed.

preferences cdvformat dirservice snmp useraccess webserver

A

A

A

A

A

Specifies the delimiter for separating data fields reported in custom delimited format (cdv).

Configures the Microsoft

Active Directory service.

Sets the SNMP root password. Configures

SNMP Set Operations.

Determines whether users below the administrator level are allowed to use

Server Administrator or not.

Allows the administrator to set the encryption levels of the Web server and configure the URL launch point in the Server

Administrator Web server environment.

system or servermodule omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 93

Table 4-2. omconfig Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 User

Privilege

Required alertaction P, A

Use alertlog assetinfo cmdlog esmlog events pedestinations P, A platformevents A recovery

P, A

P, A

P, A

P, A

P, A

P, A

Determines in advance the actions taken for warning or failure events on intrusion, fans, temperatures, voltages, power supplies, memory, and redundancy.

Allows the administrator to clear the alert log.

Enters and edits cost of ownership information for the system, including values for depreciation, lease, maintenance, service, and support.

Allows the administrator to clear the command log.

Allows the administrator to clear the ESM log.

Enables and disables SNMP traps.

Sets IP addresses for alert destinations.

Determines the shutdown action, if any, taken for a specific platform event.

Also, enables and disables platform events filter alert generation.

Determines in advance how the system responds to a hung operating system.

94 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-2. omconfig Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 User

Privilege

Required shutdown A

Use thrmshutdown A webserver A

Allows the administrator to select from several options when shutting down the system.

Sets the severity level at which a thermal event triggers a system shutdown.

Starts or stops the

Web server.

chassis or mainsystem biossetup fans frontpanel info

A

P, A

A

P, A

Configures the behavior of specific system components controlled by the BIOS.

Configures fan probe warning thresholds by default or by value.

NOTE: You cannot change threshold values on embedded server management (ESM3) and

Dell PowerEdge systems.

x 8 xx

Configures the Power button, Non-Masking

Interrupt (NMI) button, encryption access, and LCD display of the system.

Allows you to set an initial value, or to edit the value of the asset tag or chassis name.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 95

Table 4-2. omconfig Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 User

Privilege

Required leds P, A

Use memorymode A pwrmanagement P, A pwrmonitoring P, A remoteaccess temps

A

P, A

Specifies when to flash a chassis fault LED or chassis identification LED, and allows you to clear the LED for the system's hard drive.

Enables or disables the spare bank, mirroring, raid, and Double Device Data

Correction (DDDC) memory modes, and also specify which mode to use.

Allows you to choose between maximum performance with minimal power and optimized performance of the system.

Configures power consumption information and thresholds.

Configures remote access information.

Sets warning threshold values to default or a specific value.

NOTE: You cannot change threshold values on ESM3 and PowerEdge systems.

x 8 xx

96 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-2. omconfig Command Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 User

Privilege

Required volts P, A

Use storage

Sets warning threshold values default or a specific value.

NOTE: You cannot change threshold values on ESM3 and PowerEdge systems.

x 8 xx

See "Using the Storage

Management Service" on page 197.

Help With the omconfig Command

Use the omconfig -? command to get a list of the available commands for

omconfig.

Use omconfig <command level 2> -? to get help on the about, chassis,

preferences, and system’s level 2 commands. The following information on

omconfig system -? applies equally to getting help for the omconfig chassis command.

Use the omconfig system -? command to get a list of the available commands for omconfig system.

Use the omconfig preferences -? command to get a list of the available commands for omconfig preferences, such as cdvformat, which is the custom delimiter format (cdv). Type the following command to display the list of delimiter values for the cdv: omconfig preferences cdvformat -?

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 97

Use a command of the form omconfig system <command level 3> -? to get a list of the parameters you must use to execute a particular omconfig system command. For example, the following commands produce a list of valid parameters for omconfig system alertaction and omconfig system shutdown: omconfig system alertaction -?

omconfig system shutdown -?

In case of the omconfig system alertaction command, you can use various options to prevent all of the CLI help from scrolling, before you can read it.

To scroll the command output one screen at a time, type: omconfig system alertaction -? | more where | more allows you to press the spacebar to see the next screen of the

CLI help output.

To create a file that contains all the help for the omconfig system alertaction -? command, type: omconfig system alertaction -? -outa alert.txt

where -outa directs the output of the command to a file called alert.txt.

To read the help for the alertaction command on Microsoft Windows, Red

Hat Enterprise Linux, or SUSE Linux Enterprise Server operating systems, type: more alert.txt

omconfig about

Use the omconfig about command to learn the product name and version number of the systems management application installed on the system. The following is an example output of the omconfig about command:

Product name

Version

: Dell OpenManage Server Administrator

: 7.x.x

Copyright : Copyright (C) Dell Inc. xxxx-xxxx. All rights reserved.

Company : Dell Inc.

98 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

For more details about the environment for Server Administrator, type: omconfig about details=true

Server Administrator includes a number of services, each having a version number of its own. The Contains field reports version numbers for the services and provides other useful details. The following is an example output of the

omconfig about command. The output may change depending on the configuration of the system and the version of Server Administrator.

Contains: Broadcom SNMP Agent 10.xx.xx

Common Storage Module 3.x.x

Data Engine 5.x.x

Hardware Application Programming Interface

5.x.x

Instrumentation Service 6.x.x

Instrumentation Service Integration Layer

1.x.x

Intel SNMP Agent 1.xx.x

OpenManage Inventory Collector 6.x.x

OpenManage Tools 6.x.x

Remote Access Controller 4 Data Populator

4.x.x

Remote Access Controller 4 Managed Node

4.6.3

Secure Port Server 1.x.x

Server Administrator Framework 6.x.x

Agent for Remote Access 1.x.x

Storage Management 3.x.x

Sun Java Runtime Environment 1.x.xx omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 99

omconfig chassis or omconfig mainsystem

Use the omconfig chassis or omconfig mainsystem command to:

• Set to default or assign specific values for fan, voltage, and temperature probes

• Configure BIOS behavior during system start up

• Clear memory error counts

• Enable or disable power button control features if system configuration permits

Use the omconfig chassis -? or omconfig mainsystem -? command to view a list of all omconfig chassis or omconfig mainsystem commands.

omconfig chassis biossetup or omconfig mainsystem biossetup

Use the omconfig chassis biossetup or omconfig mainsystem biossetup command to configure system BIOS settings that are normally available only in the BIOS setup boot time settings of the system.

CAUTION: Changing certain BIOS setup options may disable the system or require you to reinstall the operating system.

NOTE: Reboot the system for the BIOS setup options to take effect.

NOTE: Not all BIOS setup options are available on every system.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

NOTE: When CSIOR (Collect System Inventory on Restart) is disabled, you cannot configure the BIOS settings using omconfig command.

100 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3 lists the name=value pairs you can use with this command on

systems prior to PowerEdge yx2x systems.

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Description attribute= acpwrrecovery

setting=off | last| on off: System is turned off.

last: System returns to the previous state.

on: System is turned on.

delay=random | immediate | timedelay time <value>

random: System is turned on with random delay.

immediate: System returns to previous state immediately.

timedelay <value>: System is turned on based on user specified time delay.

attribute=bezel setting=enabled | disabled

enabled: Enables the bezel removal intrusion check during system boot.

disabled: Disables the bezel removal intrusion check during system boot.

attribute= bootsequence setting=diskettefirst | hdonly | devicelist

|cdromfirst | opticaldrive

Instructs the BIOS which device is used to boot the system, and the order in which the boot routine checks each device.

NOTE: On Linux systems, user or user groups upgraded to administrator or administrator groups cannot configure this BIOS setup setting.

attribute= bootmode setting=uefi | bios uefi: Enables the system to boot to operating systems that support Unified

Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI).

bios: Enables the system to boot to operating systems that do not support

UEFI. omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 101

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Description attribute= bootorder attribute= hddorder sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN

Configures the boot sequence according to the set aliasnames. To view the set alias names, run the command omreport chassis biossetup attribute= bootorder

.

NOTE: On Linux systems, user or user groups upgraded to administrator or administrator groups cannot configure this BIOS setup setting.

sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN

Configures the BIOS setup hard disk sequence according to the set aliasnames. Changes takes effect after rebooting the system. To view the set alias names, run the command omreport chassis biossetup attribute= bootorder

.

NOTE: On Linux systems, user or user groups upgraded to administrator or administrator groups cannot configure this BIOS setup setting.

attribute=cstates setting=enabled | disabled

enabled: Enables the processor to go into a deep sleep state when the system is not utilized.

disabled: Disables the processor to go into a deep sleep state when the system is not utilized.

102 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems

Description name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute= conredirect name=value pair 2 setting= setting=enabled | disabled attribute=crab setting=enabled | disabled attribute=cpuc1e setting=enabled | disabled attribute=cpuht setting=enabled | disabled attribute=cpuvt setting=enabled | disabled

enabled: Redirects the BIOS screen output over serial port 1. Keyboard and text output are redirected over serial port 2.

disabled: Turns off the BIOS console redirection.

enabled: Enables BIOS console redirection after system reboot.

disabled: Disables BIOS console redirection.

NOTE: The attribute crab is valid only on

Dell PowerEdge x 9 xx systems.

enabled: Enables processor C1-E after system reboot.

disabled: Disables processor C1-E after system reboot.

enabled: Enables logical processor hyperthreading.

disabled: Disables logical processor hyperthreading.

enabled: Enables virtualization.

disabled: Disables virtualization.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 103

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Description attribute= cpuxdsupport setting=enabled | disabled attribute=cpucore setting=1 | 2 | 4 | 6 |

8 | 10 | 12 |all

enabled: Enables Execute Disable (XD) support on the system.

disabled: Disables XD support on the system.

1: Enables one core per processor.

2: Enables two cores per processor.

4: Enables four cores per processor.

6: Enables six cores per processor.

8: Enables eight cores per processor.

10: Enables ten cores per processor.

12: Enables twelve cores per processor.

all: Enables the maximum cores per processor.

attribute=dbs setting=enable | disable attribute=diskette setting=off | auto | writeprotect

enable: Enables Demand Based

Switching (DBS) on the system.

disable: Disables DBS on the system.

off: Disables the diskette drive.

auto: Auto-enables the diskette drive.

writeprotect: The diskette drive is available in read-only format only. Make the diskette drive read-only.

104 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=dualnic setting=off | on | pxeboth | nic1pxe

|nic2pxe | isciboth | nic1isci | nic2isci | nic1pxenic2isci | nic1iscinic2pxe | onpxeboth | onpxenone | onpxenic1 | onpxenic2

Description

off: Disables the Network Interface

Controllers ( NICs).

on: Enables the network interface (PXE or iSCSI is not enabled on either of the

NICs).

pxeboth: Enables PXE on both NICs.

nic1pxe: Enables PXE on the first NIC and none (no PXE or iSCSI) on the second NIC.

nic2pxe: Enables none (no PXE or iSCSI) on first NIC and PXE on the second NIC.

isciboth: Enables iSCSI on both the

NICs.

nic1isci: Enables iSCSI on the first NIC and none (no PXE or iSCSI) on the second NIC.

nic2isci: Enables none (no PXE or iSCSI) on the first NIC and iSCSI on the second NIC.

nic1pxenic2isci: Enables PXE on the first NIC and iSCSI on second NIC.

nic1iscinic2pxe: Enables iSCSI on the first NIC and PXE on second NIC.

NOTE: The following options are deprecated:

onpxeboth: Enables PXE on both the

NICs.

onpxenone: PXE is not enabled on either of the NICs.

onpxenic1: Enables PXE on NIC 1.

onpxenic2: Enables PXE on NIC 2.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 105

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute= embhypvisor attribute= embvideoctrl attribute= esataport attribute= extserial attribute=fbr name=value pair 2 setting= setting=enabled | disabled setting=enabled | disabled setting=off | auto setting=com1 | com2

| rad setting=9600 | 19200

| 57600 | 115200

Description

enabled: Enables the embedded hypervisor.

disabled: Disables the embedded hypervisor.

enabled: Enables the embedded video controller as the primary video device.

disabled: Disables the embedded video controller as the primary video device.

off: Sets the embedded SATA port value to off.

auto: Sets the embedded SATA port value to auto.

com1: Maps the external serial connector to COM 1.

com2: Maps the external serial connector to COM 2.

rad: Maps the external serial connector to the remote access device.

9600: Sets the console redirection failsafe baud rate to 9600 bits per second.

19200: Sets the console redirection failsafe baud rate to 19200 bits per second.

57600: Sets the console redirection failsafe baud rate to 57600 bits per second.

115200: Sets the console redirection failsafe baud rate to 115200 bits per second.

106 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems

Description name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=htassist setting=enabled | disabled attribute=ide attribute= idepridrv attribute= intrusion attribute= intusb[1..2]

NOTE: The following option is deprecated: attribute=intusb setting=on | off force=true setting=off | auto setting=enabled | disabled setting=enabled | disabled attribute=mouse setting=on | off

enabled: Enables the probe filter chipset option.

disabled: Disables the probe filter chipset option.

NOTE: Certain applications do not function fully if you enable or disable this option.

on: Enables IDE.

off: Disables IDE.

force=true: Verification of setting change.

off: Disables the device.

auto: Detects and enables the device automatically.

enabled: Enables the intrusion check during system boot. If the system also has bezel intrusion checking, then the intrusion option checks for removal of the bezel of the system.

disabled: Disables the intrusion check during system boot.

enabled: Enables the internal USB port.

disabled: Disables the internal USB port.

on: Enables the mouse.

off: Disables the mouse.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 107

108

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute=nic1 attribute=nic2 name=value pair 2 setting=

Description setting=enabled | enabledwithpxe | disabled | enabledonly

| enablednonepxe | enabledwithiscsi

enabled: Enables the first NIC during system boot.

enabledwithpxe: Enables the first NIC during system boot (with PXE on if the system has PXE).

disabled: Disables the first NIC during system boot.

enabledonly: Enables the first NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enablednonepxe: Enables the first NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enabledwithiscsi: Enables the first NIC during system boot (with iSCSI on if the system has iSCSI).

setting=enabled | enabledwithpxe | disabled | enabledonly

| enablednonepxe | enabledwithiscsi

enabled: Enables the second NIC during system boot.

enabledwithpxe: Enables the second

NIC during system boot (with PXE on if the system has PXE).

disabled: Disables the second NIC during system boot.

enabledonly: Enables the second NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enablednonepxe: Enables the second

NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enabledwithiscsi: Enables the second

NIC during system boot (with iSCSI on if the system has iSCSI).

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute=nic3 attribute=nic4 name=value pair 2 setting=

Description setting=enabled | enabledwithpxe | disabled | enabledonly

| enablednonepxe | enabledwithiscsi

enabled: Enables the third NIC during system boot.

enabledwithpxe: Enables the third NIC during system boot (with PXE on if the system has PXE).

disabled: Disables the third NIC during system boot.

enabledonly: Enables the third NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enablednonepxe: Enables the third NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enabledwithiscsi: Enables the third NIC during system boot (with iSCSI on if the system has iSCSI).

setting=enabled | enabledwithpxe | disabled | enabledonly

| enablednonepxe | enabledwithiscsi

enabled: Enables the fourth NIC during system boot.

enabledwithpxe: Enables the fourth

NIC during system boot (with PXE on if the system has PXE).

disabled: Disables the fourth NIC during system boot.

enabledonly: Enables the fourth NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enablednonepxe: Enables the fourth

NIC during system boot (with PXE off if the system has PXE).

enabledwithiscsi: Enables the fourth

NIC during system boot (with iSCSI on if the system has iSCSI).

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 109

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute= numlock name=value pair 2 setting= setting=on | off attribute=numa setting=enabled | disabled attribute= ppaddress attribute= ppmode attribute= primaryscsi setting=off | lpt1 | lpt2 | lpt3 setting=at | ps2 | ecp

| epp setting=on | off force=true

Description

on: Uses the keypad as number keys.

off: Uses the keypad as arrow keys.

enabled: Enables Node Interleaving.

disabled: Disables Node Interleaving.

off: Disables the parallel port address.

lpt1: Locates the device on LPT1.

lpt2: Locates the device on LPT2.

lpt3: Locates the device on LPT3.

at: Sets the parallel port mode to AT.

ps2: Sets the parallel port mode to PS/2.

ecp: Sets the parallel port mode to ECP

(extended capabilities port).

epp: Sets the parallel port mode to EPP

(enhanced parallel port).

CAUTION: If you modify the setting for primary scsi , romb , romba , or rombb , the system becomes inoperable until you reinstall the operating system.

on: Enables the primary SCSI.

off: Disables the primary SCSI.

force=true: Verification of setting change.

110 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Description attribute=romb setting=raid | off | scsi force=true

raid: Instructs the BIOS to detect

RAID-on-motherboard as a RAID device.

off: Disables RAID-on-motherboard during system boot.

scsi: Instructs the BIOS to detect the

RAID-on-motherboard device as a SCSI device.

force=true: Verification of setting change.

attribute=romba setting=raid | scsi force=true attribute=rombb setting=raid | scsi attribute=sata force=true

raid: Instructs the BIOS to detect

RAID-on-motherboard channel A as a

RAID device.

scsi: Instructs the BIOS to detect the

RAID-on-motherboard device as a SCSI device.

force=true: Verification of setting change.

raid: Instructs the BIOS to detect

RAID-on-motherboard channel B as a

RAID device.

scsi: Instructs the BIOS to detect the

RAID-on-motherboard device as a SCSI device.

force=true: Verification of setting change.

setting=off | ata | raid off: Disables the SATA controller.

ata: Sets the onboard SATA controller to

ATA mode.

raid: Sets the onboard SATA controller to RAID mode.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 111

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued)

Description name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=sataport

(0...7) or (a...h) setting=off | auto attribute= secondaryscsi attribute= serialportaddr attribute= serialcom setting=on | off setting=default | alternate | com1 | com2 setting=off | on

|com1 |com2 | onwithconsole

off: Disables the SATA port.

auto: Automatically enable the

SATA port.

on: Enables secondary SCSI.

off: Disables secondary SCSI.

default: Maps serial device 1 to COM port 1 and serial device 2 to COM port 2.

alternate: Maps serial device1 to COM port 2 and serial device 2 to COM port 1.

com1: Sets serial port address to COM1.

com2: Sets serial port address to COM2.

off: Disables serial communication setting.

on: Enables serial communication setting without console redirection.

com1: Enables serial communication setting with console redirection through

COM1.

com2: Enables serial communication setting with console redirection through

COM2.

onwithconsole: Enables serial communication with console redirection through COM1 and COM2.

112 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge

(continued) yx2x Systems

Description name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute= serialport1 attribute= serialport2 attribute=speaker setting=on | off attribute= cputurbomode name=value pair 2 setting= setting=off | auto | com1 | com3 | bmcserial | bmcnic | rac | com1bmc setting=off | auto | com2 | com4 setting=enabled | disabled

off: Disables serial port 1.

auto: Maps serial port 1 to a COM port.

com1: Maps serial port 1 to COM port 1.

com3: Maps serial port 1 to COM port 3.

bmcserial: Maps serial port 1 to

BMC Serial.

bmcnic: Maps serial port 1 to the

Baseboard Management Controller

(BMC) NIC.

rac: Maps serial port 1 to the Remote

Access Controller (RAC.)

com1bmc: Maps serial port 1 to COM port 1 bmc.

NOTE: This command is applicable only on selected x8xx systems.

off: Disables serial port 2.

auto: Maps serial port 2 to a COM port.

com2: Maps serial port 2 to COM port 2.

com4: Maps serial port 2 to COM port 4.

on: Enables the speaker.

off: Disables the speaker.

CPU turbo mode can increase the CPU frequency when the system is operating below the thermal, power, or current limits.

enabled: Enables CPU Turbo Mode.

disabled: Disables CPU Turbo Mode.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 113

Table 4-3. BIOS Setup Settings on Systems Prior to PowerEdge yx2x Systems

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Description attribute=uausb setting=on | backonly

| off

on: Enables the user-accessible

USB port(s.)

backonly: Enables only the user- accessible USB port(s) located at the back of the system.

off: Disables the user-accessible

USB port(s.) attribute=usb setting=enabled | disabled

enabled: Enables the USB port(s.)

disabled: Disables the USB port(s.)

NOTE: Depending on the system's hardware you can configure either usb or usbb.

attribute=usbb setting=enabled | enabledwithbios| disabled attribute=cstates setting=enabled | disabled

enabled: Enables the USB port(s) during system boot, without BIOS support.

enabledwithbios: Enables the USB port(s) during system boot, with BIOS support.

disabled: Disables the USB port(s) during system boot.

NOTE: Depending on the system's hardware you can configure either usb or usbb.

enabled: Enables the processor from going to a deep sleep state when the system is not utilized.

disabled: Disables the processor from going into a deep sleep state when the system is not utilized.

114 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-4 displays the BIOS setup attributes supported on PowerEdge yx2x

systems. On PowerEdge yx2x systems, the attributes are grouped. Based on the hardware configuration, the possible attributes may vary in a specific group. The omconfig chassis biossetup command does not display the readonly attributes.

NOTE: If you have configured the setup password, then, always set the same when you configure any BIOS settings.

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems

Group name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

BIOS Boot Settings attribute=BootSeq

Boot Settings

Embedded Server

Management attribute=HddSeq sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN attribute=BootMode setting=Bios | Uefi attribute=BootSeqRetry setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=FrontLcd setting=None | UserDefined |

ModelNum | Advanced attribute=UserLcdStr

Integrated Devices attribute=EmbVideo attribute=

IntegratedNetwork1 attribute=

IntegratedNetwork2 setting=<string> setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Enabled | DisabledOs setting=Enabled | DisabledOs attribute=IntegratedRaid setting=Enabled Disabled attribute=IntegratedSas setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=InternalSdCard setting=On | Off attribute=InternalSdCard

Redundancy setting=Mirror | Disabled attribute=InternalUsb attribute=InternalUsb1 setting=On | Off setting=On | Off omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 115

116

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group

Miscellaneous

Settings name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Integrated Devices

(continued) attribute=InternalUsb2 setting=On | Off attribute=IoatEngine attribute=

OsWatchdogTimer setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=

SriovGlobalEnable attribute=UsbPorts setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=AllOn |

OnlyBackPortsOn | AllOff

Memory Settings attribute=MemOpMode setting=OptimizerMode |

SpareMode | MirrorMode

|AdvEccMode |

SpareWithAdvEccMode attribute=MemOpVoltage setting=AutoVolt | Volt15V

NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt.

attribute=MemTest setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=NodeInterleave setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=SerialDbgOut setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=SysMemSize setting=<string> attribute=SysMemSpeed setting=<string> attribute=SysMemType setting=<string> attribute=SysMemVolt attribute=VideoMem attribute=AssetTag setting=<string> setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=Characterization setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=ErrPrompt setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=NumLock setting=On | Off attribute=ReportKbdErr setting=Report | NoReport omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

Miscellaneous

Settings

(continued)

One-Time Boot attribute=SystemUefiShell setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=

OneTimeBootMode attribute=

OneTimeBootSeqDev attribute=

OneTimeHddSeqDev setting=Disabled |

OneTimeBootSeq |

OneTimeHddSeq |

OneTimeUefiBootSeq |

OneTimeCustomBootSeqStr |

OneTimeCustomHddSeqStr |

OneTimeCustomUefiBootSeqStr sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN attribute=

OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev attribute=

DcuStreamerPrefetcher sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN

Processor Settings attribute=DataReuse setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=DcuIpPrefetcher setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=LogicalProc attribute=Proc1Brand setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=<string> attribute=Proc1Id setting=<string> attribute=Proc1L2Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc1L3Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc1NumCores setting=<integer> attribute=Proc2Brand attribute=Proc2Id setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=Proc2L2Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc2L3Cache setting=<string> omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 117

118

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group

Processor Settings

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=Proc2NumCores setting=<integer> attribute=Proc3Brand attribute=Proc3Id setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=Proc3L2Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc3L3Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc3NumCores setting=<integer> attribute=Proc4Brand setting=<string> attribute=Proc4Id setting=<string> attribute=Proc4L2Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc4L3Cache setting=<string> attribute=Proc4NumCores setting=<integer> attribute=Proc64bit attribute=

ProcAdjCacheLine setting=<string> setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=ProcBusSpeed setting=<string> attribute=ProcCores setting=Single | All | Dual |

Quad | 1 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 |

14 | 16 attribute=ProcCoreSpeed setting=<string> attribute=

ProcExecuteDisable setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=

ProcHwPrefetcher attribute=

ProcVirtualization setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=

QpiBandwidthPriority setting=InputOutput | Compute omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group

Processor Settings

(continued)

SATA Settings name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=QpiSpeed attribute=RtidSetting attribute=EmbSata setting=MaxDataRate | 8GTps |

7GTps | 6GTps setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Off | AtaMode |

RaidMode | AhciMode setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=eSataPort1 attribute= eSataPort1Capacity attribute= eSataPort1DriveType attribute= eSataPort1Model attribute=SataPortA setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortACapacity attribute=

SataPortADriveType setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=SataPortAModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortB setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortBCapacity attribute=

SataPortBDriveType setting=<string> attribute=SataPortBModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortC setting=Off | Auto attribute=

SataPortCCapacity attribute=

SataPortCDriveType setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=SataPortCModel setting=<string> omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 119

120

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group

SATA Settings

(continued) name=value pair 1 attribute= attribute=SataPortD name=value pair 2 setting= setting=Off | Auto attribute=

SataPortDCapacity attribute=

SataPortDDriveType setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=SataPortDModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortE setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortECapacity attribute=

SataPortEDriveType setting=<string> attribute=SataPortEModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortF setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortFCapacity attribute=

SataPortFDriveType setting=<string> attribute=SataPortFModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortG setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortGCapacity attribute=

SataPortGDriveType setting=<string> attribute=SataPortGModel setting=<string> attribute=SataPortH setting=Off | Auto setting=<string> attribute=

SataPortHCapacity attribute=

SataPortHDriveType setting=<string> omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting=

SATA Settings

(continued)

Serial

Communication attribute=SataPortHModel setting=<string> attribute=ConTermType attribute=Slot6 attribute=Slot7 setting=Vt100Vt220 | Ansi attribute=

ExtSerialConnector attribute=FailSafeBaud attribute=RedirAfterBoot setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=SerialComm setting=OnNoConRedir |

OnConRedirCom1 |

OnConRedirCom2 | Off attribute=

SerialPortAddress setting=

Serial1Com1Serial2Com2 |

Serial1Com2Serial2Com1 | Com1

| Com2

Slot Disablement attribute=Slot1 setting=Serial1 | Serial2 |

RemoteAccDevice setting=115200 | 57600 | 19200 |

9600 attribute=Slot2 attribute=Slot3 attribute=Slot4 setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled attribute=Slot5 setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled setting=Enabled | Disabled |

BootDriverDisabled omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 121

122

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group

System

Information

System Profile

Settings

System Security name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=

SysMfrContactInfo attribute=

SystemBiosVersion attribute=

SystemManufacturer attribute=

SystemModelName setting=<string> setting=<string> setting=<string> setting=<string> attribute=

SystemServiceTag setting=<string> attribute=MemFrequency setting=MaxPerf | 1600MHz |

1333MHz |1067MHz | 800MHz |

MaxReliability attribute=MemPatrolScrub setting=Standard | Extended |

Disabled attribute=

MemRefreshRate setting=1x | 2x attribute=MemVolt setting=AutoVolt | Volt15V |

Volt135V

NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt and Volt135V represents 1.35 Volt attribute=ProcC1E attribute=ProcCStates attribute=ProcPwrPerf setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=MaxPerf | MinPwr |

SysDbpm | OsDbpm | attribute=ProcTurboMode setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=SysProfile setting=PerfPerWattOptimizedOs

| PerfPerWattOptimizedDapc |

PerfOptimized | Custom |

DenseCfgOptimized attribute=AcPwrRcvry setting=On | Off | Last omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group name=value pair 1 attribute= name=value pair 2 setting= attribute=

AcPwrRcvryDelay attribute=

AcPwrRcvryUserDelay attribute=AesNi setting=Immediate |User |

Random setting=<integer> attribute=

BiosUpdateControl attribute=IntelTxt attribute=NmiButton setting=Enabled | Disabled setting=Unlocked | Limited |

Locked setting=On | Off setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=PasswordStatus setting=Locked | Unlocked attribute=PwrButton setting=Enabled | Disabled attribute=SetupPassword setting=<string> attribute=SysPassword setting=<string> attribute=TcmActivation setting=NoChange | Activate |

Deactivate attribute=TcmClear CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM.

This could affect booting of the operating system. attribute=TcmSecurity setting=Yes | No setting=On | Off attribute=TpmActivation setting=NoChange | Activate |

Deactivate attribute=TpmClear CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM.

This could affect booting of the operating system. setting=Yes | No attribute=TpmSecurity setting=Off | OnPbm |

OnNoPbm omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 123

Table 4-4. BIOS Setup Settings on PowerEdge yx2x Systems (continued)

Group name=value pair 1 attribute=

UEFI Boot Settings attribute=UefiBootSeq name=value pair 2 setting= sequence=aliasname1, aliasname2,..... aliasnameN

omconfig chassis currents or omconfig mainsystem currents

NOTE: This command is no longer available through Server Administrator.

omconfig chassis fans or omconfig mainsystem fans

Use the omconfig chassis fans or omconfig mainsystem fans command to set fan probe warning thresholds. As with other components, you can view both warning and failure threshold values, but you cannot set failure thresholds. The system manufacturer sets the minimum and maximum failure thresholds.

Valid Parameters for Fan Warning Thresholds

Table 4-5 lists the valid parameters for setting fan warning thresholds:

Table 4-5. Parameters of omconfig chassis fans or omconfig chassis fans name=value pair index=<n>

Description

Number of the probe or probe index (must specify).

warnthresh=default Sets the minimum and maximum warning thresholds to

default.

minwarnthresh=<n> Minimum warning threshold.

maxwarnthresh=<n> Maximum warning threshold.

124 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Default Minimum and Maximum Warning Thresholds

NOTE: Systems that contain ESM3, ESM4, and BMC capabilities do not allow you to set warning threshold values to default values.

To set both the upper and lower fan warning threshold values to the recommended default value, type: omconfig chassis fans index=0 warnthresh=default or omconfig mainsystem fans index=0 warnthresh= default

NOTE: You cannot default one value and set another. In other words, if you default the minimum warning threshold value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

Specifying a Value for Minimum and Maximum Warning Thresholds

If you prefer to specify values for the fan probe warning thresholds, you must specify the number of the probe you are configuring and the minimum and/or maximum warning threshold values. In the following example, the probe that is being configured is probe 0. The first command sets only the minimum threshold; the second sets the minimum and maximum thresholds: omconfig chassis fans index=0 minwarnthresh=4580 or omconfig mainsystem fans index=0 minwarnthresh=

4580 omconfig chassis fans index=0 minwarnthresh=4580 maxwarnthresh=9160 or omconfig mainsystem fans index=0 minwarnthresh=

4580 maxwarnthresh=9160 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 125

When you issue the command and the system sets the values you specify, the following message is displayed:

Fan probe warning threshold(s) set successfully.

NOTE: You cannot set the minimum and maximum warning thresholds for the fan probe on PowerEdge x8xx and x 9 xx systems.

omconfig chassis frontpanel or omconfig mainsystem frontpanel

Use the omconfig chassis frontpanel or omconfig mainsystem frontpanel command to:

• configure the power button and the Nonmasking Interrupt (NMI) button

• configure the LCD to display:

– No information

– Custom information

– Default system information

– Service tag, system name

– Remote access MAC addresses

– System power

– Remote access IP address

– Ambient temperature of the system

– Remote access IPv4 address

– Remote access IPv6 address

• Specify and configure the LCD line number

• View the encryption state report of the LCD

• Configure LCD to indicate an active remote session when the Kernelbased Virtual Machine (KVM) is available

NOTE: You can configure the Power and NMI buttons only if they are present on the system.

126 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-6 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-6. Parameters of omconfig chassis frontpanel or omconfig mainsystem frontpanel name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2

Description lcdindex=<index> NA Specifies the LCD line number.

config=none | default

| custom

NA none: Sets the LCD text to none.

default: Sets the LCD text to default.

text=<custom text> nmibutton=enable | disable powerbutton=enable | disable

NA

NA

NA

custom: Sets the LCD text to custom.

Sets the custom text for LCD when config=

custom.

enable: Enables the NMI button on the system.

disable: Disables the NMI button on the system.

true: Enables the Power button on the system.

false: Disables the Power button on the system.

Sets the name of the system.

Sets the system power information.

Sets the system service tag information.

Sets the remote access IPv4 information.

config=sysname config=syspower config=servicetag config= remoteaccessipv4 config= remoteaccessipv6

NA config= remoteaccessmac config=ipv4idrac config=ipv6idrac config=macidrac

NA

NA config=ambienttemp NA security=modify NA security=view NA security=disabled NA remoteindication=true NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Sets the remote access IPv6 information.

Sets the remote access MAC address.

Sets IPv4 DRAC information.

Sets IPv6 DRAC information.

Sets the DRAC’s MAC address.

Sets the system temperature in centigrade.

Allows you to modify the LCD text.

Provides read-only access to the LCD text.

Provides limited access to the LCD text.

LCD flashes when the system detects an active remote session.

NOTE: The options ipv4idrac, ipv6idrac, and macidrac are deprecated.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 127

omconfig chassis info or omconfig mainsystem info

Use the omconfig chassis info or omconfig mainsystem info command to enter an asset tag name and a chassis name for the system. For a Blade

systems, enter asset tag names for modular components as well. Table 4-7 lists

the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-7. Parameters of omconfig chassis info or omconfig mainsystem info name=value pair Description index=<n> Number of the chassis whose asset tag or name you are setting.

tag=<text> Asset tag in the form of alphanumeric text. Asset tag should not exceed 10 characters.

name=<text> Name of the chassis.

In the following example, the asset tag for the main system chassis is being set to buildsys: omconfig chassis info index=0 tag=buildsys or omconfig mainsystem info index=0 tag=buildsys

Index 0 always defaults to the main system chassis. The following command omits index=n, but accomplishes the same thing: omconfig chassis info tag=buildsys or omconfig mainsystem info tag=buildsys

When the command is executed successfully, the following message is displayed:

Chassis info set successfully.

128 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

For some chassis, you can assign a different name. You cannot rename the main system chassis. In the following example, the command renames chassis

2 from storscsi1 to storscsia: omconfig chassis info index=2 name=storscsia or omconfig mainsystem info index=2 name=storscsia

As with other commands, the CLI displays an error message if you do not have a chassis 2 (the main chassis=0). The CLI allows you to issue commands only for the system configuration you have.

omconfig chassis leds or omconfig mainsystem leds

Use the omconfig chassis leds or omconfig mainsystem leds command to specify when to flash a chassis fault LED or chassis identification LED.

This command also allows you to clear the LED of the system hard drive.

Table 4-8 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-8. Parameters of omconfig chassis leds or omconfig mainsystem leds name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 index=<n> NA led=fault led=hdfault led=identify severity=warning | critical action=clear flash=off | on time-out=<n>

Description

Number of the chassis where the LED resides (defaults to chassis 0, main system chassis).

Select to flash the LED either when a warning event occurs or when a critical event occurs.

Sets the number of faults for the hard drive back to zero (0).

Sets the chassis identification LED to off or on. Set the time-out value for the LED to flash for a specified number of seconds.

omconfig chassis memorymode or omconfig mainsystem memorymode

Use the omconfig chassis memorymode or omconfig mainsystem

memorymode command to specify the redundancy mode to use for the system memory in case of memory errors.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 129

Redundant memory enables a system to switch to other available memory modules if unacceptable errors are detected in the modules that the system is currently using. The omconfig chassis memorymode or omconfig

mainsystem memorymode command allows you to disable redundancy; when you disable redundancy, you instruct the system not to switch to other available memory modules when the module the system is using begins to encounter errors. To enable redundancy, choose among spare, mirror, RAID, and

DDDC.

Spare mode disables a bank of system memory in which a correctable memory event is detected, enables the spare bank, and copies all the data from the original bank to the spare bank. Spare bank requires at least three banks of identical memory; the operating system does not recognize the spare bank.

Mirror mode switches to a redundant copy of memory when an uncorrectable memory event is detected. After switching to the mirrored memory, the system does not switch back to the original system memory until the next reboot. The operating system does not recognize half of the installed system memory in this mode.

RAID mode provides an extra level of memory checking and error recovery at the expense of some memory capacity.

The DDDC mode enables double device data correction. This ensures data availability after hard failure of x4 DRAM.

NOTE: This command is applicable only on systems prior to PowerEdge yx2x

systems. To configure the attribute on PowerEdge yx2x systems, refer Table 4-4.

130 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-9 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-9. Parameters of omconfig chassis memorymode or omconfig mainsystem memorymode name=value pair 1 Description index=<n> redundancy=spare

| mirror | disabled

| raid5 | dddc

Number of the chassis where the memory module resides (the default is chassis 0, the main system chassis).

spare: Disables the memory module that has a correctable memory event and copies the failing module’s data to a spare bank. opmode=mirror | optimizer | advecc

mirror: Switches the systems to a mirrored copy of the memory if the failing module has an uncorrectable memory event. In mirror mode, the operating system does not switch back to the original module until the system reboots.

disabled: Indicates that the system is not to use other available memory modules if uncorrectable memory events are detected.

raid5: Method of system memory configuration. This is logically similar to the RAID-5 mode used in hard drive storage systems.

This memory mode provides an extra level of memory checking and error recovery at the expense of some memory capacity. The

RAID mode supported is RAID level 5 striping with rotational parity.

dddc: The dddc mode enables double device data correction.

This ensures data availability after hard failure of x4 DRAM.

mirror: Switches the systems to a mirrored copy of the memory if the failing module has an uncorrectable memory event. In mirror mode, the operating system does not switch back to the original module until the system reboots.

optimizer: Enables the DRAM controllers to operate independently in 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance.

advanced ECC (advecc): Enables the two DRAM controllers to combine in 128-bit mode and provide optimized reliability.

Memory that are not teamed by the controllers is not reported to the operating system.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 131

omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem pwrmanagement

Use the omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem

pwrmanagement command to configure power cap and manage profiles that control power utilization.

NOTE: This command is valid only on systems prior to PowerEdge yx2x systems.

Table 4-10 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-10. Parameters of omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem pwrmanagement name=value pair 1 config=budget name=value pair 2 cap=<value> setting=enable | disable

Description

Sets the threshold value for power budget.

NOTE: From PowerEdge yx2x system onwards, power budget requires license to configure power cap. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system displays an error message. For more information, see The Dell Licensing Management

Guide on dell.com/support/manuals.

enable: Enables powercap settings.

unit=watt | btuphr | percent

disable: Disables powercap settings.

watt: Configure the unit in Watts.

btuphr: Configure the unit in

BTU/hr.

percent: Configure the unit in percentage.

132 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-10. Parameters of omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem pwrmanagement (continued) name=value pair 1 config=profile

NOTE: This option is supported on systems prior to PowerEdge yx2x systems.

name=value pair 2 profile= maxperformance| apc

| osctrl | custom

Description

maxperformance: Sets the processor to the highest supported processor state. It offers maximum performance mode with minimal power economy.

apc: Active Power Control (apc) enables the demand-based power management controlled by BIOS.

osctrl: OS Control (osctrl) enables the demand-based power management controlled by the operating system.

cpupowermode=min | max | systemdbpm | osdbpm

custom: This profile allows you to configure individual BIOS settings. It offers added control by displaying the underlying BIOS settings.

min: Sets the CPU power consumption to minimum.

max: Sets the CPU power consumption to maximum.

systemdbpm: Sets the mode to system demand based power management.

osdbpm: Sets the mode to operating system demand based power management.

NOTE: These options are applicable only when a custom profile is selected.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 133

134

Table 4-10. Parameters of omconfig chassis pwrmanagement or omconfig mainsystem pwrmanagement (continued) name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 memorypowermode= min | 800 | 1067 |

1333 | max

Description

min: Sets the mode to minimum power utilization.

800 | 1067 | 1333: Set the mode to

800, 1067, or 1333 MHz.

max: Sets the mode to maximum performance.

NOTE: These options are applicable only when a custom profile is selected.

fanmode=min | max min: Sets the mode to minimum power utilization.

max: Sets the mode to maximum performance.

NOTE: These options are applicable only when a custom profile is selected.

NOTE: Reboot the system for the power profiles setup options to take effect.

omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring

Use the omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring or omconfig mainsystem

pwrmonitoring command to configure power consumption information.

Table 4-11 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-11. Parameters of omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring name=value pair 1 index=<n> config=probe name=value pair 2

NA

Description

Number of the probe or probe index

(must specify).

warnthresh= settodefault

Sets the minimum and maximum warning thresholds values to default.

warnthresh=<n> Sets a value for the warning threshold.

unit=watt | btuphr watt: Displays the unit in Watts.

btuphr: Displays the unit in BTU/hr.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-11. Parameters of omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring (continued) name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 config=resetreading type=energy | peakpower

Description

energy: Resets the system energy reading.

peakpower: Resets the system peak power.

NOTE: This command is applicable to selected Dell yx 0 x systems that support

PMBus only.

NOTE: Power monitoring requires license to configure the power budget information. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system displays an error message. For more information, see The Dell Licensing

Management Guide at dell.com/support/manuals.

Default Warning Thresholds

NOTE: Sensor managing capabilities vary across systems.

To set both the upper and lower power consumption probe warning threshold values to the recommended default value, type: omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring config=probe index=

0 warnthresh=settodefault or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring config=probe index=0 warnthresh=settodefault

NOTE: You cannot default one value and set another. If you default the minimum warning threshold value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 135

136

Specify a Value for Warning Thresholds

If you prefer to specify values for the power consumption probe warning thresholds, you must specify the number of the probe you are configuring and the warning threshold value. Configure the values to display either in BTU/hr or Watts. In the following example, the probe that is being configured is probe 4: omconfig chassis pwrmonitoring config=probe index=

4 warnthresh=325 unit=watt or omconfig mainsystem pwrmonitoring config=probe index=4 warnthresh=325 unit=btuphr

When you issue the command and the system sets the values you specify, the following message is displayed:

Power consumption probe warning threshold(s) set successfully.

omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess

Use the omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem

remoteaccess command to configure:

• Remote access on a local area network (LAN).

• The serial port for BMC or RAC, whichever is installed.

• The BMC or RAC on a serial over LAN connection.

• Terminal settings for the serial port.

• Advanced settings for a serial over LAN connection.

• Information on a BMC or RAC user.

• Information on IPv6 and IPv4 interfaces.

NOTE: Enter the user ID to configure user information.

Type: omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

The output of the omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem

remoteaccess command lists each of the available configurations. The following table lists the valid parameters:

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess name=value pair 1 config= config= additional name=value pair 2 ipv4=enable | disable

Description

enable: IPv4 stack to load on iDRAC.

ipv6=enable | disable

disable: IPv4 stack to flush on iDRAC.

enable: Enables IPv6 stack to load on iDRAC.

disable: Disables IPv6 stack to unload on iDRAC.

config=advsol characcuminterval= number charsendthreshold= number

NOTE: This option requires license to enable or disable ipv6. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system displays an error message. For more information, see The Dell License

Manager at dell.com/support/manuals.

number: Sets the character accumulate interval in 5 millisecond intervals.

number: Sets the number of characters.

BMC automatically sends a serial over

LAN data packet that contains the number of characters as soon as this number of characters (or greater) has been accepted from the baseboard serial controller into the BMC.

enableipmi= true | false true: Enables IPMI over LAN.

false: Disables IPMI over LAN.

enablenic=true | false true: Enables DRAC NIC.

false: Disables DRAC NIC

NOTE: The enablenic option is supported only on PowerEdge x 9 have DRAC 5 installed.

xx systems that omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 137

138

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description nicselection= sharedwithfailoveronall | nic1 |teamednic1nic2 | dracnic

sharedwithfailoveronall: Configures the new NIC selection option.

nic1: Enables NIC 1.

teamednic1nic2: Enables NIC teaming functionality.

primarynw=dedicated | lom1 | lom2 | lom3 | lom4

dracnic: Enables DRAC NIC if DRAC 5 is installed.

NOTE: The nicselection option is supported only on PowerEdge systems. From PowerEdge x9xx to yx1x yx2x systems onwards, primarynw and failovernw replace nicselection.

dedicated: Configures dedicated port as primary network for remote access.

NOTE: This option requires license to configure primarynw as dedicated. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system displays an error message. For more information, see dell.com/support/manuals.

The

Dell Licensing Management Guide at

lom 1: Configures lom1 port as the primary network for remote access.

lom 2: Configures lom2 port as the primary network for remote access.

lom 3: Configures lom3 port as the primary network for remote access.

lom 4: Configures lom4 port as the primary network for remote access.

NOTE: The primarynw option is supported from PowerEdge yx2x failovernw to none.

systems onwards. If the primarynw is set to dedicated, then set omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description failovernw=none | lom1 | lom2 | lom3 | lom4 | all

none: Configures the failover network to none.

lom 1:Configures the failover network to lom 1.

lom 2: Configures the failover network to lom 2.

lom 3: Configures the failover network to lom 3.

lom 4: Configures the failover network to lom 4.

ipaddress=IP subnet=Subnet gateway=Gateway

all: Configures the failover network to all loms.

NOTE: The failovernw option is supported on PowerEdge yx2x systems onwards.

Configure both primarynw and failovernw to set the nicselection. The primarynw and failovernw options cannot have the same value.

NOTE: Failovernw requires license to configure the ports. If the appropriate license is not installed or has expired, the system displays an error message. For more information, see

Management Guide at

The Dell Licensing dell.com/support/manuals.

ip: Sets the IP address if you have selected static as the IP address source for the BMC LAN interface.

Sets a subnet mask if you have selected static as the IP address source for the

BMC LAN interface.

Gateway: Sets a gateway address if you have selected static as the IP address source for the BMC LAN interface.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 139

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description ipsource=static | dhcp | systemsoftware

static: Static if the IP address of the

BMC LAN interface is a fixed, assigned

IP address.

dhcp: DHCP if the source of the

IP address of the BMC LAN interface is the dynamic host configuration protocol.

systemsoftware: System software if the source of the IP address of the BMC

LAN interface is from the system software.

NOTE: All commands are not supported on the system.

ipaddressv6=<IPv6 address> prefixlength= length

Validates the IPv6 address for configuration.

gatewayv6=<value> Validates the IPv6 gateway.

ipsourcev6=static | auto static: IPv6 address source is set to static.

altdnsserverv6

auto: IPv6 address source is set to auto.

Validates the address of the alternate

DNS server for configuration.

dnssourcev6=static | auto static: DNS source is set to static.

auto: DNS source is set to auto.

vlanenable=true | false true: Enables the virtual

LAN identification.

vlanid=number vlanpriority=number

false: Disables the virtual

LAN identification.

number: Virtual LAN identification in the range of 1 to 4094.

number: Priority of virtual LAN identification in the range of 0 to 7.

140 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 2 Description name=value pair 1 config= config=nic

(continued) privilegelevel= administrator | operator | user

administrator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a LAN channel to Administrator.

encryptkey=text confirmencryptkey=text prefdnsserverv6=

<value>

operator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a LAN channel to Operator.

user: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a LAN channel to

User.

text: Text used for encryption and confirmation of encryption.

NOTE: The text option is supported only on PowerEdge x 9 xx systems.

Validates the preferred DNS server for configuration.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 141

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 config=serial baudrate=9600 | 19200 |

38400 | 57600 | 115200

Description

9600: Sets the connection speed to 9600 bits per second.

19200: Sets the connection speed to

19200 bits per second.

38400: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 38400 bits per second.

57600: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 57600 bits per second.

115200: Sets the volatile and nonvolatile connection speed to 115200 bits per second.

NOTE: Baud rates of 9600 and 19200 are supported on PowerEdge 1800, 1850, 2800, and 2850 systems.

NOTE: Baud rates of 19200, 38400, and

57600 are supported on PowerEdge systems.

x 9 xx

NOTE: Baud rate of 115200 is supported on certain systems that have a DRAC 5 installed.

NOTE: Baud rate of 19200, 57600, and

115200 are supported on have iDRAC installed.

yx0x systems that flowcontrol=none | rtscts none: No control over the flow of communication through the serial port.

rtscts: RTS is ready to send and CTS is clear to send.

142 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 2 Description name=value pair 1 config= config=serial

(continued) mode=directbasic | directterminal | directbasicterminal | modembasic | modemterminal | modembasicterminal

directbasic: Type of messaging used for

IPMI messaging over a serial connection.

directterminal: Type of messaging that uses printable ASCII characters and allows a limited number of text commands over a serial connection.

directbasicterminal: Both basic and terminal mode messaging over a serial connection.

modembasic: Type of messaging used for

IPMI messaging over a modem.

modemterminal: Type of messaging that uses printable ASCII characters and allows a limited number of text commands over a modem.

modembasicterminal: Both basic and terminal messaging over a modem.

NOTE: All commands are not supported on the system.

privilegelevel= administrator | operator | user

administrator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial connection, to Administrator.

operator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial connection, to Operator.

user: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial connection, to User.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 143

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 2 Description name=value pair 1 config= config= serialoverlan enable=true | false true: Enables serial over LAN for the BMC. baudrate=9600 | 19200 |

38400 | 57600 | 115200

false: Disables serial over LAN for the BMC.

9600: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 9600 bits per second.

19200: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 19200 bits per second.

38400: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 38400 bits per second.

57600: Sets the volatile and non-volatile connection speed to 57600 bits per second.

115200: Sets the volatile and nonvolatile connection speed to 115200 bits per second.

NOTE: Baud rates of 9600 and 19200 are supported on PowerEdge 1800, 1850, 2800, and 2850 systems.

NOTE: Baud rates of 19200, and 57600 are supported on PowerEdge x 9 xx systems.

Baud rate of 115200 is supported on certain systems that have a DRAC 5 installed.

NOTE: Baud rate of 19200, 57600, and

115200 are supported on have iDRAC installed.

yx0x systems that

144 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description privilegelevel= administrator | operator | user

administrator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial over LAN channel, to Administrator.

operator: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial over

LAN channel, to Operator.

user: Sets the maximum privilege level that is accepted on a serial over LAN channel, to User.

Takes the default configuration settings.

config= settodefault config= terminalmode deletecontrol=outputdel | outputbkspspbksp

outputdel: BMC outputs a <Delete> character when <Backspace> or

<Delete> is received.

handshakingcontrol= enabled | disabled inputlinesequence=cr | null lineediting=enabled | disabled

outputbkspspbksp: BMC outputs a

<Backspace><Space><Backspace> character when <Backspace> or

<Delete> is received.

enabled: Directs the BMC to output a character sequence that indicates when its input buffer is ready to accept another command.

disabled: Does not direct the BMC to output a character sequence that indicates when its input buffer is ready to accept another command.

cr: The console uses <CR> as a new line sequence.

null: The console uses <NULL> as a new line sequence.

enabled: Enables line editing as a line is typed.

disabled: Disables line editing as a line is typed.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 145

146

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description newlinesequence=none| crlf | null | cr | lfcr | lf

none: BMC does not use a termination sequence.

crlf: BMC uses <CR-LF> as a new line sequence when the BMC writes a new line to the console.

config=user id=number enable=true

| false id=number enableserialoverlan=true

| false

null: BMC uses <Null> as a new line sequence when the BMC writes a new line to the console.

cr: BMC uses <CR> as a new line sequence when the BMC writes a new line to the console.

lfcr: BMC uses <LF-CR> as a new line sequence when the BMC writes a new line to the console.

lf: BMC uses <LF> as a new line sequence when the BMC writes a new line to the console.

id=number: ID (in numeric format) of the user being configured.

enable=true: Enables the user.

enable=false: Disables the user.

id=number: ID (in numeric format) of the user being configured.

enableserialoverlan=true: Enables serial over LAN.

enableserialoverlan=false: Disables serial over LAN.

NOTE: The enableserialoverlan option is supported only on PowerEdge systems.

x 9 xx id=number name=text id=number: ID (in numeric format) of the user being configured.

name=text: Name of the user.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description id=number newpw=text confirmnewpw=text

id=number: ID (in numeric format) of the user being configured.

newpw=text: New password of the user.

config=user

(continued) id=number serialaccesslevel= administrator | operator | user | none

confirmnewpw=text: Confirm the new password.

id=number: ID (in numeric format) of the user being configured.

serialaccesslevel=administrator: User with an ID has access privileges of an

Administrator for the serial port channel.

serialaccesslevel=operator: User with an

ID has access privileges of an Operator for the serial port channel.

serialaccesslevel=user: User with an ID has access privileges of a User for the serial port channel.

id=number lanaccesslevel= administrator | operator | user| none

serialaccesslevel=none: User with an ID does not have access privileges for the serial port channel.

id=number: ID number of the user being configured.

lanaccesslevel=administrator: User with an ID has access privileges of an

Administrator for the LAN channel.

lanaccesslevel=operator: User with an

ID has access privileges of an Operator for the LAN channel.

lanaccesslevel=user: User with an ID has access privileges of a User for the

LAN channel.

lanaccesslevel=none: User with an ID does not have access privileges for the

LAN channel.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 147

148

Table 4-12. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess (continued) name=value pair 1 config= name=value pair 2 Description id=user id dracusergroup=admin | poweruser | guest | custom | none

id=user id: User ID of the user being configured.

dracusergroup=admin: Enables the

Administrator user privileges.

dracusergroup=poweruser: Enables the

Power User privileges.

dracusergroup=guest: Enables the

Guest User privileges.

config=user

(continued)

dracusergroup=custom: Enables the

Custom User privileges.

NOTE:

See Table 4-13 for more

information on dracusergroup=custom. id=user id extipmiusergroup=admin

| operator | readonly | custom | none

dracusergroup=none: Does not enable user privileges.

id=user id: User ID of the user being configured.

extipmiusergroup=admin: Enables the

Administrator user privileges.

NOTE: extipmiusergroup user group is available only on Dell yx0x Blade systems.

extipmiusergroup=operator: Enables the Operator privileges.

extipmiusergroup=readonly: Enables the Read Only privileges.

extipmiusergroup=custom: Enables the

Custom User privileges.

NOTE: It is recommended that you use the operator and readonly options for systems with iDRAC Enterprise.

NOTE:

See Table 4-14 for more

information on extipmiusergroup= custom.

extipmiusergroup=none: Does not enable user privileges.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Usage of dracusergroup=custom

The following table displays the usage of dracusergroup=custom:

Table 4-13. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess config=user id=<user id> dracusergroup=custom or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess config=user id=<user id> dracusergroup=custom name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 name=value pair 3 config=user id=user id dracusergroup= custom logindrac= true | false configuredrac= true | false configure users= true | false clearlogs= true | false executeservercom mands= true | false accessconsoleredir

= true | false accessvirtualmedia

= true | false testalerts= true | false

Description

true or false: Enables or disables logging into DRAC.

true or false: Enables or disables configuration of

DRAC.

true or false: Enables or disables configuration of users.

true or false: Enables or disables log clearance.

true or false: Enables or disables execution of server commands.

true or false: Enables or disables access to console redirection.

true or false: Enables or disables access to virtual media.

true or false: Enables or disables test alerts.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 149

150

Usage of extipmiusergroup=custom

The following table displays the usage of extipmiusergroup=custom:

Table 4-14. Parameters of omconfig chassis remoteaccess config=user id=<user id> extipmiusergroup=custom or omconfig mainsystem remoteaccess config= user id=<user id> extipmiusergroup=custom name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 config=user id=user id extipmiusergroup= custom name=value pair 3 loginidrac= true | false

NOTE: extipmiusergroup user group is available only on the Dell systems.

yx0x Blade configureidrac= true | false

Description

true or false: Enables or disables logging into iDRAC.

true or false: Enables or disables configuration of iDRAC.

omconfig chassis temps or omconfig mainsystem temps

Use the omconfig chassis temps or omconfig mainsystem temps command to set warning thresholds for temperature probes. As with other components, you can view both warning and failure threshold values, but you cannot set failure threshold values. The system manufacturer sets the minimum and maximum failure threshold values.

NOTE: Threshold values that you can set vary from one system configuration to another.

Valid Parameters for Temperature Warning Thresholds

The following table lists the valid parameters for setting temperature warning thresholds:

Table 4-15. Parameters of omconfig chassis temps or omconfig mainsystem temps name=value pair index=<n> warnthresh=default minwarnthresh=<n> maxwarnthresh=<n>

Description

Number of the probe or probe index (specify).

Sets the minimum and maximum warning threshold values to default.

Sets the minimum warning threshold values (one decimal place).

Sets the maximum warning threshold values (one decimal place).

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Setting the Minimum and Maximum Warning Threshold Values to Default

To set both the maximum and minimum temperature warning threshold values to the recommended default value, type: omconfig chassis temps index=0 warnthresh=default or omconfig mainsystem temps index=0 warnthresh= default

NOTE: You cannot default one value and set another. In other words, if you set the minimum warning threshold value to the default value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

You cannot default one value and set another. In other words, if you set the minimum warning threshold value to the default value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

NOTE: The capabilities for managing sensors vary by systems.

Specifying a Value for the Minimum and Maximum Warning Thresholds

To specify values for the temperature probe warning thresholds, you must specify the number of the probe you are configuring and the minimum and/or maximum warning threshold value. In the following example, the probe that is being configured is probe 4: omconfig chassis temps index=4 minwarnthresh=11.2 maxwarnthresh=58.7

or omconfig mainsystem temps index=4 minwarnthresh=

11.2 maxwarnthresh=58.7

When you run the command and the system sets the values you specify, the following message is displayed:

Temperature probe warning threshold(s) set successfully.

NOTE: On PowerEdge x8xx and x9xx systems, you can set the temperature probe warning threshold only for ambient temperature.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 151

omconfig chassis volts or omconfig mainsystem volts

Use the omconfig chassis volts or omconfig mainsystem volts command to set voltage probe warning thresholds. As with the other components, you can view both the warning and failure threshold values, but you cannot set the failure threshold values. The system manufacturer sets the minimum and maximum values for the failure thresholds.

Valid Parameters for Voltage Warning Thresholds

The following table displays the valid parameters for setting voltage warning threshold values.

NOTE: Threshold values that you can set vary from one system configuration to another.

Table 4-16. Parameters of omconfig chassis volts or omconfig mainsystem volts name=value pair index=<n> warnthresh=default minwarnthresh=<n> maxwarnthresh=<n>

Description

Probe index (specify).

Sets minimum and maximum warning threshold values to default.

Sets minimum warning threshold value (three decimal places).

Sets maximum warning threshold value (three decimal places).

Setting the Minimum and Maximum Warning Threshold Values to Default

To set both the maximum and minimum voltage warning threshold values to the recommended default value, type: omconfig chassis volts index=2 warnthresh=default or omconfig mainsystem volts index=2 warnthresh= default

NOTE: You cannot default one value and set another. In other words, if you default the minimum warning threshold value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

152 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

You cannot default one value and set another. In other words, if you default the minimum warning threshold value, you are also selecting the default value for the maximum warning threshold value.

NOTE: Systems that contain ESM3 capabilities do not allow you to set warning threshold values to default values.

Specifying a Value for Minimum and Maximum Warning Thresholds

To specify values for the voltage probe warning thresholds, you must specify the number of the probe you are configuring and the minimum and/or maximum warning threshold values.

In the following example, the probe being configured is probe 0: omconfig chassis volts index=0 minwarnthresh=1.900 maxwarnthresh=2.250

or omconfig mainsystem volts index=0 minwarnthresh=

1.900 maxwarnthresh=2.250

When you run the command and the system sets the values you specify, the following message is displayed:

Voltage probe warning threshold(s) set successfully.

NOTE: On PowerEdge x8xx systems, you cannot set the minimum and maximum warning threshold values for the voltage.

omconfig preferences

Use the omconfig preferences command to set system preferences. Use the command line to set the SNMP root password and specify the user levels able to access Server Administrator. You can also configure the Active Directory service and SNMP set operations.

omconfig preferences cdvformat

Use the omconfig preferences cdvformat command to specify the delimiters for separating data fields reported in the custom delimited format. The valid values for delimiters are: exclamation, semicolon, at, hash, dollar, percent, caret, asterisk, tilde, question, colon, comma, and pipe.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 153

154

The following example shows how to set the delimiter for separating data fields to asterisk: omconfig preferences cdvformat delimiter=asterisk

omconfig preferences dirservice

Use the omconfig preferences dirservice command to configure the Active

Directory service. The <productname>oem.ini file is modified to reflect these changes. If the "adproductname" is not present in the

<productname>oem.ini file then a <computername>-<productname> default value is used. <computername> refers to the name of the computer running Server Administrator and <productname> refers to the name of the product defined in omprv32.ini. For Server Administrator, the product name is "omsa".

Therefore, for a computer named "myOmsa" running Server Administrator, the default name is "myOmsa–omsa". This is the name of Server

Administrator defined in Active Directory by using the snap–in tool. This name must match the name for the application object in Active Directory in order to find user privileges.

NOTE: This command is applicable only on systems running the Windows operating system.

Table 4-17 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-17. Active Directory Service Configuration Parameters name=value pair Description prodname=<text> Specifies the product to which you want to apply the Active

Directory configuration changes. prodname refers to the name of the product defined in omprv32.ini. For Server

Administrator, it is "omsa".

enable=<true | false>

true: Enables Active Directory service authentication support and the Active Directory Login option on the login page.

adprodname=

<text>

false: Disables Active Directory service authentication support and the Active Directory Login option on the login page. If the

Active Directory Login option is not present, you can only login to the local machine accounts.

Specifies the name of the product as defined in the Active

Directory service. This name links the product with the Active

Directory privilege data for user authentication.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

omconfig preferences snmp

Setting the SNMP root password allows administrators to restrict access to

SNMP set operations that allow important systems management interventions. You can configure the SNMP root password normally (by typing all of the parameters in one command line) or interactively.

Using the omconfig preferences snmp command, you can also configure

SNMP set operations.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

CAUTION: Interactive mode is the more encrypted method of setting the SNMP root password. In non-interactive mode, the values you type for the the values you type for passwords are masked.

newpw and confirmnewpw options appear on the system’s monitor. In the interactive mode,

The parameters for configuring the SNMP root password are the same whether you configure it interactively or non-iteratively.

NOTE: If you specify setting=rootpw but do not specify the other name=value pair parameters, you enter interactive mode, and the command line prompts you for the remaining values.

Table 4-18 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-18. SNMP Root Password Parameters name=value pair setting=rootpw oldpw=<oldpassword> newpw=<newpassword>

Description

Required.

Enter the old SNMP root password.

Sets the new SNMP root password.

confirmnewpw=<newpassword> Confirms the new SNMP root password.

When you type omconfig preferences snmp setting=rootpw, the system prompts you to supply values for the required parameters.

When you type omconfig preferences snmp, you must supply all the parameters in the initial command line. For example: omconfig preferences snmp setting=rootpw oldpw= openmanage newpw=serveradmin confirmnewpw= serveradmin omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 155

156

Table 4-19. SNMP Set Operations Parameters name=value pair setting=snmpset enable=true enable=false

Description

Required

Enables SNMP set operations

Disables SNMP set operations

For example, to disable SNMP set operations use the following command: omconfig preferences snmp setting=snmpset enable= false

NOTE: After executing the command to enable or disable SNMP set operations, restart services for the change to take effect. On systems running supported

Microsoft Windows operating systems, restart the Windows SNMP Service. On systems running supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux and SUSE Linux Enterprise

Server operating systems, restart Server Administrator services by running the srvadmin-services.sh restart

command.

omconfig preferences useraccess

Depending on the policies of your organization, you may want to restrict the access that some user levels have to Server Administrator. The omconfig

preferences useraccess command allows you to grant or withhold the right of users and power users to access Server Administrator.

Table 4-20 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-20. Enabling User Access for Administrators, Power Users, and Users

Command omconfig preferences useraccess enable=user omconfig preferences useraccess enable=poweruser omconfig preferences useraccess enable=admin

Result

Grants Server

Administrator access to Users, Power Users, and Administrators.

Grants Server

Administrator access to Power Users and

Administrators.

Grants Server

Administrator access to Administrators only.

Description

Least restrictive form of user access.

Excludes user level access only.

Most restrictive form of user access. omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

omconfig preferences webserver

Use the omconfig preferences webserver command to set the encryption levels of the Server Administrator Web server and configure the URL launch point in the Server Administrator Web server environment.

Table 4-21 lists the parameters you can use with this command.

Table 4-21. Configuring Webserver Preferences name=value pair 1 name=value pair 2 Description attribute= sslencryption setting=autonegotiate

| 128bitorhigher

autonegotiate: Sets the encryption levels automatically based on your web browser settings.

attribute=seturl attribute= signalgorithm host=<string> port=

<value> algorithm=MD5 |

SHA1 | SHA256 |

SHA512

128bitorhigher: Sets the encryption levels to 128-bit or higher.

Enables you to configure the URL launch point in the Server

Administrator Web server environment.

MD5: Sets the key signing algorithm to MD5.

SHA1: Sets the key signing algorithm to SHA1.

SHA256: Sets the key signing algorithm to SHA256.

SHA512: Sets the key signing algorithm to SHA512.

For example, to set the URL launch point use the following command: omconfig preferences webserver attribute=seturl host=<name, ip, fqdn> port=<number>

The host input must contain a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address, or a valid hostname.

To set the signing algorithm value, use the following command: omconfig preferences webserver attribute= signalgorithm algorithm<MD5|SHA1|SHA256|SHA512>

For more information on configuring Web server preferences, see the Dell

OpenManage IT Assistant User’s Guide at dell.com/support/manuals.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 157

158

omconfig system or omconfig servermodule

Use the omconfig system or omconfig servermodule commands to clear logs, determine how various shutdown actions occur, set initial values or edit values for cost of ownership information, and determine how to respond to a hung operating system.

omconfig system alertaction or omconfig servermodule alertaction

You can use the omconfig system alertaction or omconfig servermodule

alertaction command to determine how Server Administrator responds when a component has a warning or failure event.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

Defining Alert Actions

An alert action is an action that you specify for the system to take when specified conditions are met. Alert actions determine in advance what actions to take for warning or failure events on intrusion, fans, temperatures, voltages, power supplies, memory, and redundancy.

For example, if a fan probe on the system reads a fan RPM of 300 and your minimum warning threshold value for that fan probe is 600 RPM, then the system generates a fan probe warning. Alert action settings determine how users are notified of this event. You can also configure alert actions for temperature, voltage, and probe readings that are within the warning or failure range.

Syntax for Setting Alert Actions

Setting an alert action requires two name=value pairs. The first name=value pair is the event type. The second name=value pair is the action to take for this event. For example, in the command: omconfig system alertaction event=powersupply broadcast=true or omconfig servermodule alertaction event= powersupply broadcast=true omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

The event is a power supply failure and the action is to broadcast a message to all Server Administrator users.

Available Alert Actions

Table 4-22 lists the alert actions for each component that allows you to

configure an alert action.

Table 4-22. Alert Actions You Can Set for Warning and Failure Events

Alert Action Setting alert=true | false

Description

true: Enables the system's console alert. When enabled, the monitor attached to the system from which you are running Server Administrator displays a visual alert message.

false: Disables the system's console alert.

broadcast=true | false true: Enables a message or alert to broadcast to all users who have an active terminal (or Remote Desktop) session

(Windows) or to operators that have an active shell on the local system (Linux). clearall=true

false: Disables alert broadcasts.

Clears all actions for this event.

execappath=<string> Sets the fully qualified path and file name of the application you want to execute in case of an event for the component described in this window.

execapp=false

NOTE: On Linux systems, user or user groups upgraded to administrator or administrator groups cannot configure this alert action setting.

Disables the executable application.

Components and Events for Which You Can Set Alert Actions

Table 4-23 lists the components and the events for which you can set alert

actions. Components are listed in alphabetical order, except that warning events always precede failure events for a component.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 159

160

Table 4-23. Events for Which You Can Set Alert Actions

Event Name event=batterywarn event=batteryfail event=fanwarn event=fanfail event=hardwarelogwarn event=hardwarelogfull event=intrusion event=memprefail event=memfail event=systempeakpower event=systempowerwarn event=systempowerfail event=powersupply event=powersupplywarn event=processorwarn event=processorfail event=redundegrad event=redunlost

Description

Sets actions when a battery probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a battery probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a fan probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a fan probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a hardware log detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a hardware log is full.

Sets actions when a chassis intrusion event is detected.

Sets actions when a memory probe detects a prefailure value.

Sets actions when a memory probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a power consumption probe detects peak power value.

Sets actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a power supply probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a power supply probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a processor probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a processor probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a redundant component becomes inoperative, resulting in less than full redundancy for that component.

Sets actions when one or more redundant components become inoperative, resulting in a lost or a "no redundant components working" condition for that component.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-23. Events for Which You Can Set Alert Actions (continued)

Event Name event=tempwarn event=tempfail event=voltwarn event=voltfail event=watchdogasr event= removableflashmediapresent event= removableflashmediaremoved event= removableflashmediafail event=storagesyswarn event=storagesysfail event=storagectrlwarn event=storagectrlfail event=pdiskwarn

Description

Sets actions when a temperature probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a temperature probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a voltage probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a voltage probe detects a failure value.

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs on the next system startup after a watchdog Automatic System

Recovery (ASR) is performed for a hung operating system.

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when the system detects a removable flash media.

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when a removable flash media is removed.

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when a removable flash media fails.

Sets actions when a storage system detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a storage system detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a storage controller detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a storage controller detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a physical disk detects a warning value.

event=pdiskfail event=vdiskwarn event=vdiskfail

Sets actions when a physical disk detects a failure value.

Sets actions when a virtual disk detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a virtual disk detects a failure value.

event=enclosurewarn event=enclosurefail

Sets actions when an enclosure detects a warning value.

Sets actions when an enclosure detects a failure value.

event=storagectrlbatterywarn Sets actions when a storage controller battery detects a warning value.

NOTE: This event is not available on Blade systems.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 161

162

Table 4-23. Events for Which You Can Set Alert Actions (continued)

Event Name Description event=storagectrlbatteryfail Sets actions when a storage controller battery detects a failure value.

NOTE: This event is not available on Blade systems.

Example Set Alert Action Commands

The following examples are valid example commands. For each successful command issued, the following message is displayed:

Alert action(s) configured successfully.

• For Current Probe Actions

To disable system console alert if a current probe detects a warning event, type: omconfig system alertaction event=currentwarn alert=false or omconfig servermodule alertaction event= currentwarn alert=false

To enable broadcast messages if a current probe detects a failure event, type: omconfig system alertaction event=currentfail broadcast=true or omconfig servermodule alertaction event= currentfail broadcast=true

• For Fan Probe Actions

To generate alerts when a fan probe detects a failure value, type: omconfig system alertaction event=fanfail alert= true or omconfig servermodule alertaction event=fanfail alert=true omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

• For Chassis Intrusion Actions

To clear all alert actions for chassis intrusion, type: omconfig system alertaction event=intrusion clearall=true or omconfig servermodule alertaction event=intrusion clearall=true

Commands for Clearing Logs

NOTE: For more information about alert messages, see the Dell OpenManage

Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at dell.com/support/manuals.

You can use the omconfig system or omconfig servermodule command to clear three logs: the alert log, the command log, and the hardware or ESM log.

To clear the contents of the alert log, type: omconfig system alertlog action=clear or omconfig servermodule alertlog action=clear

NOTE: Entering an invalid RAC user name may prevent the command log from displaying. Clearing the command log resolves this condition.

To clear the contents of the command log, type: omconfig system cmdlog action=clear or omconfig servermodule cmdlog action=clear

To clear the contents of the ESM log, type: omconfig system esmlog action=clear or omconfig servermodule esmlog action=clear omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 163

omconfig system pedestinations or omconfig servermodule pedestinations

Use the omconfig system pedestinations or omconfig servermodule

pedestinations command to set IP addresses for alert destinations.

Table 4-24 lists the valid parameters for the command.

NOTE: You can either specify the index and IP address as parameters together or you can set the community string alone as a parameter.

NOTE: Index 1 to 4 accepts an IPv4 address and index 5 to 8 accepts an IPv6 address.

Table 4-24. Parameters of omconfig system pedestinations or omconfig servermodule pedestinations name=Value Pair destenable=true | false

Description

true: Enables an individual platform event filter destination after a valid IP address has been set.

false: Disables an individual platform event filter.

index=number ipaddress=ipv4 | ipv6 address

Sets the index for the destination.

Sets the IP address for the destination.

communitystr=text Sets the text string that acts as a password and is used to authenticate SNMP messages sent between the BMC and the destination management station.

omconfig system platformevents or omconfig servermodule platformevents

Use the omconfig system platformevents or omconfig servermodule

platformevents command to configure shutdown action, if any, taken for a specific platform event. You can also enable or disable platform event filter alert generation.

CAUTION: If you set a platform event shutdown action to anything other than none or power reduction , the system is forcefully shutdown when the specified event occurs. This shutdown is initiated by firmware and is carried out without first shutting down the operating system or any of the applications running on your system.

164 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-25 lists the valid parameters for the command.

NOTE: Alert settings are mutually exclusive and you can set one at a time only.

The action settings are also mutually exclusive and you can set one at a time only.

However, alert and action settings are not mutually exclusive of each other.

Table 4-25. Parameters for Alert Action Command

Action action=disable action=enable action=none action=powercycle action=poweroff action= powerreduction action=reboot

Description

Disables the SNMP alert.

Enables the SNMP alert.

Takes no action when the system is hung or has crashed.

Turns off the electrical power to the system, pauses, turns the power on, and reboots the system.

Turns off the electrical power to the system.

Reduces the processor speed until the power consumption comes down and reaches below the warning threshold. If the system power consumption stays below the warning threshold, increases the processor speed.

NOTE: This action is applicable only for PowerEdge Rack and

Tower systems earlier than PowerEdge yx1x systems.

Forces the operating system to shut down and initiates system startup, performs BIOS checks, and reloads the operating system.

Table 4-26 lists the components and events for which you can set platform

events. Components are listed in alphabetical order, except that warning events always precede failure events for a component.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 165

Table 4-26. Parameters of omconfig system platformevents

Event Name alertsenable=true | false event=batterywarn event=batteryfail event=discretevolt event=fanfail event=hardwarelogfail event=intrusion event=powerwarn event=powerabsent

Description

true: Enables generation of platform event filter alerts.

false: Disables generation of platform event filter alerts.

NOTE: This setting is independent of the individual platform event filter alert settings. For a platform event filter to generate an alert, both the individual alert and the global event alert are enabled.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a battery device detects that the battery is pending a failure condition.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a battery device detects that the battery has failed.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a discrete voltage probe detects that the voltage is too low for proper operation.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a fan probe detects that the fan is running too slow or not running.

Enables or disables alert generation when a hardware log detects a failure value.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a chassis is opened.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a power device probe detects that the power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC to DC converter is pending a failure condition.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a processor probe detects that the power supply is absent.

166 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Table 4-26. Parameters of omconfig system platformevents (continued)

Event Name event=powerfail event=processorwarn event=processorfail event=processorabsent event=redundegrad event=redunlost event=systempowerwarn event=systempowerfail event=tempwarn

Description

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a power device probe detects that the power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC to DC converter has failed.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a processor probe detects that the processor is running at less than peak performance or speed.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a processor probe detects that the processor has failed.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a processor probe detects that the processor is absent.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when the system fans and/or power supplies become inoperative, resulting in less than full redundancy for that component.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when the system fans and/or power supplies become inoperative, resulting in a lost or a no redundant

components working condition for that component.

Sets actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.

Sets actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a temperature probe detects that the temperature is approaching the maximum or minimum limits.

event= removableflashmediapresent

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when the system detects a removable flash media.

event= removableflashmediawarn

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when a removable flash media warning is displayed.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 167

Table 4-26. Parameters of omconfig system platformevents (continued)

Event Name event= removableflashmediafail event=tempfail event=voltfail

Description

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when a removable flash media fails.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a temperature probe detects that the temperature is either too high or low for proper operation.

Sets action or enables or disables alert generation when a voltage probe detects that the voltage is too low for proper operation.

event=intdualsdcardcritical Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when an internal dual SD card critical event occurs.

event=intdualsdcardwarn Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when an internal dual SD card warning is displayed.

event=intdualsdcardabsent Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when an internal dual SD card is not available.

event= intdualsdcardredunlost event=watchdogasr

Sets actions that Server Administrator performs when the redundancy of an internal dual SD card is lost.

Enables or disables alert generation configured by the

ASR when the system has hung or is not responding.

omconfig system events or omconfig servermodule events

Use the omconfig system events or omconfig servermodule events command to enable and disable SNMP traps for the components on your system.

NOTE: Not all event types are present on the system.

There are four parameters in the name=value pair component of the

omconfig system events command:

• Source

• Type

• Severity

• Index

168 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Source

At present, source=snmptraps is a required name=value pair because

SNMP is currently the only supported source of event notification for the system’s components.

omconfig system events source=snmptraps or omconfig servermodule events source=snmptraps

Type

Type refers to the name of the component(s) involved in the event.

Table 4-27 lists the valid parameters for system event types.

Table 4-27. System Event Type Parameters name=value pair type=accords type=battery type=all type=fanenclosures type=fans type=intrusion type=log type=memory type=powersupplies type=redundancy type=systempower type=temps type=volts type=systempeakpower type=removableflashmedia

Configures Events for

AC power cords

Battery

All device types

Fan enclosures

Fans

Chassis intrusion

Logs

Memory

Power supplies

Redundancy

System power

Temperatures

Voltages

System peak power

Removable flash media omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 169

Severity

In the context of configuring events, severity determines how severe an event is, before Server Administrator notifies you of the event for a component type. When there are multiple components of the same type in the same system chassis, you can specify whether you want notification for event severity according to the number of the component by using the index= <n>

parameter. Table 4-28 lists the valid severity parameters.

Table 4-28. System Event Severity Parameters

Command omconfig system events type=

<component name> severity=info or omconfig servermodule events type=<component name> severity=info omconfig system events type=

<component name> severity= warning or omconfig servermodule events type=<component name> severity=warning omconfig system events type=

<component name> severity= critical or omconfig servermodule events type=<component name> severity=critical omconfig system events type=

<component name> severity= none or omconfig servermodule events type=<component name> severity=none

Result

Enables notification for informational, warning, and critical events.

Description

Least restrictive form of event notification.

Enables notification for warning and critical events.

Omits informational event notification, for example, when a component returns to normal status.

Enables notification for critical events only.

Restrictive form of event notification.

Disables event notification.

No event notification.

170 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Index

Index refers to the number of an event for a particular component. Index is an optional parameter. When you omit the index parameter, events are configured for all components of the specified type, such as all fans. For example, when a system contains more than one fan, you can enable or disable event notification for a particular fan. An example command is as follows: omconfig system events type=fan index=0 severity= critical or omconfig servermodule events type=fan index=0 severity=critical

As a result of the example command, Server Administrator sends an SNMP trap only when the first fan in the system chassis (index 0) has reached critical fan RPMs.

omconfig system webserver or omconfig servermodule webserver

Use the omconfig system webserver or omconfig servermodule webserver

command to start or stop the Web server. Table 4-29 lists the valid parameters

for the command.

Table 4-29. Web Server Configuration Parameters name=value pair action=start action=stop action=restart

Description

Starts the Web server.

Stops the Web server.

Restarts the Web server.

omconfig system recovery or omconfig servermodule recovery

Use the omconfig system recovery or omconfig servermodule recovery command to set the action when the operating system hangs or crashes. You can also set the number of seconds that must pass before the system is

considered to have a hung operating system. Table 4-30 lists the valid

parameters for the command.

NOTE: The upper and lower limits for the timer are dependent on the system model and configuration.

omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 171

Table 4-30. Recovery Parameters name=value pair Description action=none action=reboot

Takes no action when the operating system is hung or has crashed.

Shuts down the operating system and initiates system startup, performing BIOS checks, and reloading the operating system.

action=poweroff Turns off electrical power to the system.

action=powercycle Turns off electrical power to the system, pauses, turns the power on, and reboots the system. Power cycling is useful when you want to re-initialize system components such as hard drives.

timer=<n> Number of seconds that must pass before the operating system in a system is considered hung operating system (from 20 seconds to 480 seconds).

Example Recovery Commands

To set the action on hung operating system detection to powercycle, type: omconfig system recovery action=powercycle or omconfig servermodule recovery action=powercycle

To set the system to hang for 120 seconds, before a recovery action is initiated, type: omconfig system recovery timer=120 or omconfig servermodule recovery timer=120

172 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

omconfig system shutdown or omconfig servermodule shutdown

Use the omconfig system shutdown or omconfig servermodule shutdown command to determine the way in which the system shuts down. During system shutdown, the default is to shut down the operating system before powering off the system. Shutting down the operating system first closes down the file system before powering the system down. If you do not want to shut

down the operating system first, use the osfirst=false parameter. Table 4-31

lists the valid parameters for the command.

NOTE: Due to the limitations of certain operating systems (for example, VMware

ESXi), certain features are not available with this release of OpenManage Server

Administrator.

Table 4-31. Shutdown Parameters name=value pair action=reboot

Description

Shuts down the operating system and initiates system startup, performing BIOS checks and reloading the operating system.

action=poweroff Turns off the electrical power to the system.

action=powercycle Turns off the electrical power to the system, pauses, turns the power on, and reboots the system. Power cycling is useful when you want to re-initialize system components such as hard drives.

osfirst=true | false true: Closes the file system and exits the operating system before shutting down the system.

false: Does not close the file system or shut down the operating system before shutting down the system.

Example Shutdown Commands

To set the shutdown action to reboot, type: omconfig system shutdown action=reboot or omconfig servermodule shutdown action=reboot omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 173

To bypass operating system shutdown before the system is powered off, type: omconfig system shutdown action=reboot osfirst= false or omconfig servermodule shutdown action=reboot osfirst=false

omconfig system thrmshutdown or omconfig servermodule thrmshutdown

Use the omconfig system thrmshutdown or omconfig servermodule

thrmshutdown command to configure a thermal shutdown action. You can configure the system for a thermal shutdown when a temperature probe detects a temperature probe warning or failure event.

Table 4-32 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 4-32. Thermal Shutdown Parameters name=value pair severity= disabled | warning | failure

Description

disabled: Disable thermal shutdown. An administrator must intervene.

warning: Perform a shutdown when a temperature warning event is detected. A warning event occurs when any temperature probe inside a chassis reads a temperature (in degree Celsius) that exceeds the maximum temperature warning threshold value.

failure: Perform a shutdown when a temperature failure event is detected. A failure event occurs when any temperature probe inside a chassis reads a temperature (in degree Celsius) that exceeds the maximum temperature failure threshold value.

174 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

Example Thermal Shutdown Commands

To trigger a thermal shutdown when a temperature probe detects a failure event, type: omconfig system thrmshutdown severity=failure or omconfig servermodule thrmshutdown severity= failure

To disable thermal shutdown so that an administrator has to initiate an

omconfig system shutdown, type: omconfig system thrmshutdown severity=disabled or omconfig servermodule thrmshutdown severity= disabled omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service 175

176 omconfig: Managing Components Using the Instrumentation Service

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of

Ownership Values

5

The omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig servermodule assetinfo command helps you to edit a comprehensive set of parameters that make up the total cost of ownership of the system. This section explains the parameters that are reported and configured under the omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command.

Using the omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig servermodule assetinfo command, you can set governing values for configurable objects. Examples of

assetinfo configuration capabilities include setting values for system owner, purchase price, details of any lease that is in effect, depreciation methods and rates, and location of the system, warranty and extended warranty duration, outsourcing details, and service level agreement.

User Level Required for Adding Asset Information

Power Users and Administrators can add and edit asset information.

Table 5-1. System Availability for the omconfig Command

Command Level 1 omconfig

Command Level 2 servermodule mainsystem system chassis

Applicable to

Blade systems

Blade systems

Rack and Tower systems

Rack and Tower systems

Adding Acquisition Information

Acquisition refers to the facts about a business entity's purchase or lease of a system. Use the omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo info=acquisition command to add detailed

information about the purchase or lease of a system. Table 5-2 lists the valid

parameters for the command.

177 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Table 5-2. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=acquisition

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3 assetinfo

Name=

Value Pair 1 info= acquisition

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description costcenter=

<text>

The name or code for the business entity that acquired the system. expensed=yes

| no installdate=

<mmddyy>

Whether the system is charged to a specific purpose or department such as research and development or sales.

Date the system was put to service.

ponum=<n> Number of the document that authorized payment for the system.

purchasecost=

<n> purchasedate=

<mmddyy>

Price the owner paid for the system.

Date the owner purchased the system. signauth=

<text>

Name of the person who approved the purchase or the service call on the system. waybill=<n> Receipt from the carrier for the goods received.

178 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information

To provide a value for an acquisition parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=acquisition <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition purchasedate=122101 or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=acquisition purchasedate=122101

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all of the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1.

For example, to type more than one parameter value for info=acquisition, use the following example as a syntax guide: omconfig system assetinfo info=acquisition purchasecost=5000 waybill=123456 installdate=120501 purchasedate=

050601 ponum=9999 signauth="John Smith" expensed= yes costcenter=finance or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=acquisition purchasecost=5000 waybill=123456 installdate=120501 purchasedate=

050601 ponum=9999 signauth="John Smith" expensed= yes costcenter=finance

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 179

Adding Depreciation Information

Depreciation is a set of methods for computing the devaluation of the asset over time. For example, the depreciation of a system that is expected to have a useful life of 5 years is 20 percent. Use the omconfig system assetinfo info=

depreciation or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=depreciation command to add details about how the system's depreciation is computed.

Table 5-3 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 5-3. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=depreciation

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description system or servermodule assetinfo info= depreciation duration=

<n> method=

<text>

Number of years or months over which a system is depreciated.

Steps and assumptions used to compute the system's depreciation. percent=

<n>

Portion of 100 that an asset is devalued or depreciated. unit=months

| years

Unit in months or years.

180 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Example Commands for Adding Depreciation Information

To provide a value for a depreciation parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=depreciation <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=depreciation method=straightline or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=depreciation method=straightline

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Extended Warranty Information

Use the omconfig system extwarranty or omconfig servermodule extwarranty command to assign values for extended warranty information. A warranty is a contract between the manufacturer or dealer and the purchaser of a system.

The warranty identifies the components that are covered for repair or replacement for a specified length of time or usage. The extended warranty comes into force after the original warranty expires. For details on how to edit

warranty values, see "Adding Warranty Information" on page 193.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 181

182

Table 5-4 lists the valid parameters for the command.

Table 5-4. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=extwarranty or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=extwarranty

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description system or servermodule assetinfo info= extwarranty cost=

<cost> enddate=

<enddate> provider=

<provider> startdate=

<startdate>

Cost of the extended warranty service.

Date the extended warranty agreement ends.

Business entity that provides the extended warranty service.

Date the extended warranty service begins.

Example Command for Adding Extended Warranty Information

To provide a value for an extended warranty parameter, type a command of the form: omconfig system assetinfo info=extwarranty <name=value pair 2> or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=extwarranty <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=extwarranty enddate=012503 or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=extwarranty enddate=012503

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Lease Information

A lease is an agreement to pay for the use of a system for a specified period of

time. The lessor retains ownership of the system. Table 5-5 lists the valid

parameters for the command.

Table 5-5. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=lease or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=lease

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2 system or servermodule assetinfo info=lease

Description buyout=

<amount> lessor=

<lessor> multischedule

=true | false ratefactor=

<factor> value=

<residual>

Amount of money paid to purchase a system from a lessor.

Business entity that is leasing the system out.

Whether cost of leasing the system is computed by more than one rate schedule.

Factor used to calculate the lease payment.

Fair market value of the system at the end of the lease period.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 183

184

Example Command for Adding Lease Information

To provide a value for a lease parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=lease <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=lease <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=lease value=4500 or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=lease value=

4500

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Maintenance Information

Maintenance refers to activities required to keep the system in good working

order. Table 5-6 lists the valid parameters for adding maintenance

information.

Table 5-6. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=maintenance or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=maintenance

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1 assetinfo info= maintenance

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description enddate=

<enddate>

Date the extended warranty agreement ends.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Table 5-6. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=maintenance or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=maintenance (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2 provider=

<provider> startdate=

<startdate> restrictions=

<string>

Description

Business entity providing the maintenance service.

Date the maintenance begins.

Activities not covered by the maintenance contract.

Example Command for Adding Maintenance Information

To provide a value for a maintenance parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=maintenance <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig system assetinfo info=maintenance <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=maintenance startdate=012504 or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=maintenance startdate=012504

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 185

Adding Outsource Information

Outsourcing is the practice of contracting with another business to maintain

the system in good working order. Table 5-7 lists the valid parameters for

adding outsource information.

Table 5-7. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=outsource or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=outsource

Name= Value Pair 2 Description Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name=

Value Pair 1 system or servermodule assetinfo info= outsource levels=<n> problemcomponent

=<component> providerfee=

<providerfee>

Levels of service that the provider offers.

System component that requires maintenance.

Amount of money charged for maintenance.

servicefee=

<servicefee>

Amount of money charged for service.

signauth=<name> Person who signed or authorized the service.

186 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Example Command for Adding Outsource Information

To provide a value for an outsource parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=outsource <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=outsource <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=outsource providerfee=75 or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=outsource providerfee=75

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 187

188

Adding Owner Information

The owner is the party that holds legal property title to the system. Table 5-8

lists the valid parameters for adding owner information.

Table 5-8. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=owner or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=owner

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2 assetinfo info= owner

Description insuranceco

=

<company> ownername

=

<business> type=owned

| leased | rented

Name of the insurance company that insures the system.

Business entity that owns the system.

Whether the user of the system owns, leases, or rents the system.

Example Command for Adding Owner Information

To provide a value for an owner parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=owner <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=owner <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=owner type=rented or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=owner type= rented

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Service Contract Information

A service contract is an agreement that specifies fees for preventive

maintenance and repair of the system. Table 5-9 lists the valid parameters for

adding contract information.

Table 5-9. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=service or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=service

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name=

Value Pair 1

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description system or servermodule assetinfo info= service renewed= true | false type=

<string> vendor=

<business>

Whether the service agreement has been renewed.

Type of service that the contract covers.

Business entity that offers service on the system.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 189

Example Command for Adding Service Information

To provide a value for a service parameter, type a command of the form: omconfig system assetinfo info=service omconfig system assetinfo info=service

For example, type:

<

<

name=value pair 2 name=value pair 2

>

or

>.

omconfig system assetinfo info=service vendor= fixsystemco or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=service vendor=fixsystemco

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Support Information

Support refers to technical assistance that the system user can seek when the

user seeks guidance on the proper use of a system to perform tasks. Table 5-10

lists the valid parameters for adding support information.

Table 5-10. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=support or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=support

Name= Value Pair 2 Description Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command Level

2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3

Name=

Value Pair 1 assetinfo info= support

190 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Table 5-10. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=support or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=support (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command Level

2

Command

Level 3

Name=

Value Pair 1

Name= Value Pair 2 Description automaticfix=

<programname> helpdesk=

<text>

Name of any application used to fix a problem automatically.

The help desk name or contact information such as a phone number, e-mail address, or website address.

outsourced=true

| false

Whether an external business entity provides technical support or the system owner's employees provide technical support.

type=network | storage

Whether support is for network attached devices or for storage devices.

Example Command for Adding Support Information

To provide a value for a support parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=support <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=support <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=support outsourced= true or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=support outsourced=true omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 191

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding System Information

System information includes the primary user of the system, the phone

number for the primary user, and the location of the system. Table 5-11 lists

the valid parameters for adding system information.

Table 5-11. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=system or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=system

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3 assetinfo

Name=

Value Pair 1

Name= Value Pair 2 Description info= system location=<text> Location of the system.

primaryphone=

<n>

Phone number of the primary user of the system.

primaryuser=

<user>

Primary user of the system.

192 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Example Command for Adding System Information

To provide a value for a system parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=system <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=system <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=system location= firstfloor or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=system location=firstfloor

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

Adding Warranty Information

Use the omconfig system warranty or omconfig servermodule warranty command to assign values for warranty information. A warranty is a contract between the manufacturer or dealer and the purchaser of a system.

The warranty identifies the components that are covered for repair or replacement for a specified length of time or usage. For details on editing

extended warranty values, see "Adding Extended Warranty Information" on

page 181. Table 5-12 lists the valid parameters for adding warranty

information.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 193

Table 5-12. Parameters of omconfig system assetinfo info=warranty or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=warranty

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2 system or servermodule

Command

Level 3

Name= Value

Pair 1 assetinfo info= warranty

Name= Value

Pair 2

Description cost=

<cost> duration=

<duration> enddate=

<enddate> unit=days | months

Cost of the warranty service.

Number of days or months that the warranty is in force.

Date the warranty agreement ends.

Whether the number for duration refers to days or months.

Example Command for Adding Warranty Information

To provide a value for a warranty parameter, type a command of the form:

omconfig system assetinfo info=warranty <name=value pair 2> or

omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=warranty <name=value pair 2>.

For example, type: omconfig system assetinfo info=warranty unit=days or omconfig servermodule assetinfo info=warranty unit=days

The following message is displayed:

Asset information set successfully.

194 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

You can type more than one omconfig system assetinfo or omconfig

servermodule assetinfo command at the same time, as long as all the parameters for name=value pair 2 belong to name=value pair 1. For an

example, see "Example Commands for Adding Acquisition Information" on page 179.

omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values 195

196 omconfig system or servermodule assetinfo: Editing Cost of Ownership Values

Using the Storage Management

Service

6

The Storage Management command line interface (CLI) enables you to perform reporting, configuration, and management functions of Storage

Management from an operating system command shell. The Storage

Management CLI also enables you to script command sequences.

The Storage Management CLI provides expanded options for the Dell

OpenManage Server Administrator omreport and omconfig commands. For more information, see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Installation

Guide and Dell OpenManage Management Station Software Installation

Guide. See the Storage Management online Help or the Dell OpenManage

Server Administrator Storage Management User’s Guide for more information on Storage Management.

CLI Command Syntax

Like all Server Administrator commands, the omreport and omconfig command syntax consists of specifying command levels. The first command level is the command name: omreport or omconfig. Subsequent command levels provide a greater degree of specification regarding the type of object on which the command operates or the information that the command displays.

For example, the following omconfig command syntax has three levels: omconfig storage pdisk

Using the Storage Management Service 197

Table 6-1 describes these command levels.

Table 6-1. Example Command Levels

Command level 1 Command level 2 Command level 3 Use omconfig storage pdisk

Specifies the command

Indicates the Server Administrator service (in this case, storage management) that implements the command

Specifies the type of object on which the command operates

Following the command levels, the omreport and omconfig command syntax may require one or more name=value pairs. The name=value pairs specify exact objects (such as a specific physical disk) or options (such as blink or unblink

) that the command implements.

For example, the following omconfig command syntax for blinking a physical disk has three levels and three name=value pairs: omconfig storage pdisk action=blink controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where PDISKID=<connector:enclosureID:targetID | connector:targetID>

In this example, the id in controller=id is the controller number such that controller 1 is specified as controller=1.

Syntax for Required, Optional, and Variable

Command Elements

The omreport and omconfig commands have multiple name=value pairs.

These name=value pairs may include required, optional, and variable

parameters. Table 6-2 describes the syntax used to indicate these parameters.

198 Using the Storage Management Service

Table 6-2. Syntax For of Parameters

Syntax controller=id

Description

Indicates the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage

controller command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller

to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=id to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller. connector=id vdisk=id

For example, the controller=id parameter is specified as

controller=1.

Indicates the connector ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain this value, type omreport storage controller

to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage connector controller=id

to display the IDs for the connectors attached to the controller.

For example, the connector=id parameter is specified as

connector=2.

Indicates the virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain this value, type omreport storage controller

to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=id

to display the IDs for the virtual disks on the controller.

enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID>

For example, the vdisk=id parameter is specified as vdisk=3.

Indicates a particular enclosure by specifying either enclosure=

connector or enclosure=connector:enclosureID.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller

to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage enclosure controller=id

to display the IDs for the enclosures attached to the controller. pdisk=<PDISKID> Indicates a particular physical disk by specifying either

connector:targetID or connector:enclosureID:targetID.

To obtain the values for the connector, enclosure, and physical disk (targetID), type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=id

to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Using the Storage Management Service 199

Table 6-2. Syntax For of Parameters (continued)

Syntax battery=id

< >

[ ]

|

Description

Indicates the battery ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain this value, type omreport storage controller

to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage battery controller=id to display the ID for the controller battery.

The caret symbols (< >) enclose variable elements that you must specify.

For example, the name=<string> parameter is specified as name=VirtualDisk1.

The bracket symbols ([ ]) indicate optional elements that you can choose whether or not to specify.

For example, when creating a virtual disk, the [name=

<string>] parameter indicates that you have the option of specifying the virtual disk name. If you omit this parameter from the syntax, then a default name for the virtual disk is chosen for you.

The pipe symbol (|) separates two or more options from which one only is selected.

For example, when creating a virtual disk, the cachepolicy=d|c indicates that the cache policy is specified as either

cachepolicy=d or cachepolicy=c.

User Privileges for omreport storage and omconfig storage

Storage Management requires Administrator privileges to use the omconfig

storage command. User and Power User privileges are sufficient to use the

omreport storage command.

200 Using the Storage Management Service

7

omreport storage Commands

The omreport command allows you to view storage component information for disks, controllers, enclosures, batteries, global storage properties, connectors, cachecades, fluid cache, and partitions that are part of the storage system. This chapter explains how to get reports with the level of detail that you want.

Commands documented in this chapter vary in whether they define the fields that appear in the results of a particular omreport command. Fields are defined only if they have a special or less familiar use.

The following sections provide the omreport command syntax required to display the information of various storage components.

To see a list of valid commands for omreport storage, type: omreport storage -?

Table 7-1 provides the omreport storage command syntax.

Table 7-1. Syntax for omreport storage help

Command

Level 1 omreport

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 Use storage pdisk vdisk controller enclosure

Displays a list of storage components for which omreport commands are available.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

pdisk parameters for displaying physical disk information.

Displays a list of omreport storage vdisk parameters for displaying virtual disk information.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

controller parameters for displaying controller information.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

enclosure parameters for displaying enclosure information.

201 omreport storage Commands

Table 7-1. Syntax for omreport storage help (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 Use battery globalinfo connector cachecade

Displays a list of the omreport storage

battery parameters for displaying battery information.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

globalinfo parameters for displaying global storage property information.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

connector parameters for displaying connector information.

Displays a list of the omreport storage

cachecade parameters for displaying cachecade properties.

pciessed fluidcache

Displays the properties of the PCIe SSD subsystem.

Displays the fluid cache properties and the associated fluid cache disks.

fluidcachepool Displays fluid cache pool properties.

partition Displays the partition details of the specified virtual disk.

fluidcachedisk Displays the fluid cache disk properties.

omreport Physical Disk Status

Table 7-2 describes the syntax for the omreport physical disk commands.

202 omreport storage Commands

Table 7-2. omreport Physical Disk Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) and name= value pair

Optional name=value pairs omreport storage pdisk controller=id where id is the controller number.

For example: controller=0

Use

Displays all physical disks attached to the specified controller.

vdisk=id

NOTE: If a physical disk was replaced by another disk as part of the replace member operation, the state of the physical disk is displayed as

Replacing

.

Displays all physical disks included in the specified virtual disk on the controller. where id is the virtual disk number.

For example: vdisk=1 cachecade=id where id is the cachecade number.

For example: cachecade=1 connector=id

Displays all physical disks included in the specified cachecade on the controller. where id is the connector number.

For example: connector=1 pdisk=connectorID : targetID | connectorID : enclosureID : slotID where connectorID:targetID is the connector number and the physical disk number and

connectorID:enclosureID:slotID is the connector number, enclosure number, and slot number.

Displays all physical disks attached to the specified connector on the controller.

Displays the specified physical disk on the specified connector on the controller.

For example: pdisk=0:2 or pdisk=

0:1:2 omreport storage Commands 203

omreport Virtual Disk Status

Table 7-3 describes the syntax for the omreport virtual disk commands.

Table 7-3. omreport Virtual Disk Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage vdisk

Optional name=value pairs Use controller=id

Displays property information for all virtual disks on all controllers.

Displays all virtual disks on the specified controller. where id is the controller number. For example: controller=0.

controller=id vdisk=id Displays the specified virtual disk on the controller.

where id is the controller number and the virtual disk number. For example: controller=0 vdisk=1.

204 omreport storage Commands

omreport Controller Status

Table 7-4 describes the syntax for the omreport controller commands.

Table 7-4. omreport Controller Commands

Required

Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) omreport storage controller

Optional name=value pairs Use

Displays property information for all controllers attached to the system.

controller=id where id is the controller number. For example: controller=0 controller=id info=foreignkeyids controller=id

Displays the specified controller and all attached components such as enclosures, virtual disks, physical disks, and so on.

Displays the locked foreign configuration information for import or clear operations.

info=pdslotreport

Displays the empty and occupied slot details of enclosures in the controller.

NOTE: This command is not supported on

Blackplane, SCSI, and SWRAID controllers.

omreport storage Commands 205

omreport Enclosure Status

Table 7-5 describes the syntax for the omreport enclosure commands.

Table 7-5. omreport Enclosure Commands

Required

Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) omreport storage enclosure

Optional name=value pairs controller=id where id is the controller number controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID>

Use where id is the controller number and

<ENCLOSUREID> is the enclosure ID.

Example for SCSI controllers: controller=0 enclosure=2. Example for SAS controllers: controller=0 enclosure=1:2.

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays all enclosures connected to the controller.

Displays the specified enclosure and its components.

206 omreport storage Commands

The following sections provide the omreport storage enclosure command syntax required to execute the enclosure commands.

omreport Temperature Probe Status

Table 7-6 describes the syntax for the omreport probe commands.

Table 7-6. omreport Temperature Probe Commands

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) and name=value pair omreport storage enclosure

Optional name=value pairs controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=temps where id is the controller number and

<ENCLOSUREID> is the enclosure ID. Example for SCSI controllers: controller=0 enclosure=2 info=temps. Example for

SAS controllers: controller=0 enclosure=

1:2 info=temps. controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=temps index=n where id is the controller number and

<ENCLOSUREID> is the enclosure number and

“n” is the number of a temperature probe. For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 info=temps index=1

Use

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays the information about the temperature probes for the specific enclosure.

Displays the temperature probes for the specified enclosure.

omreport storage Commands 207

omreport Fan Status

Table 7-7 describes the syntax for the omreport fan commands.

Table 7-7. omreport Fan Status Commands

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) and name=value pair omreport storage enclosure

Optional name=value pairs controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=fans

Use where id is the controller number and ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2

NOTE: For SCSI controllers, the

ID specified in enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> is the connector number and for Serial Attached

SCSI (SAS) controllers, ID is the connectorNumber:EnclosureIndex.

controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=fans index=n

Displays the specified fan.

where id is the controller number and ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number and “n” is the number of a fan.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 info=fans index=1

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays the information about the fans for the specific enclosure.

208 omreport storage Commands

omreport Power Supply Status

Table 7-8 describes the syntax for the omreport power supply commands.

Table 7-8. omreport Power Supply Commands

Required Command Levels (1,

2, 3) and name=value pair omreport storage enclosure

Optional name=value pairs Use controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=pwrsupplies where id is the controller number and

ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=pwrsupplies index=n where id is the controller number and

ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number and “n” is the number of a power supply.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 info= pwrsupplies index=1

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays the information about the power supplies for the specific enclosure.

Displays the specified power supply.

omreport storage Commands 209

omreport EMM Status

NOTE: The status of the EMMs is displayed as degraded if there is a mismatch between the EMM firmware.

Table 7-9 describes the syntax for the omreport EMM commands.

Table 7-9. omreport EMM Commands

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) and name=value pair omreport storage enclosure

Optional name=value pairs Use controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID>

info=emms where id is the controller number and

ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> info=emms index=n

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays the information about the enclosure management modules

(EMMs) for the specific enclosure.

Displays the specified

EMMs.

where id is the controller number and

ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number and “n” is the number of an EMM.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2 info=emms index=1

210 omreport storage Commands

omreport Enclosure Slot Occupancy Report

Table 7-10 describes the syntax for the omreport enclosure slot occupancy

report commands.

Table 7-10. omreport Enclosure Slot Occupancy Report Commands

Optional name=value pairs Use Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) and name=value pair omreport storage enclosure controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID>

info=pdslotreport where id is the controller number and ENCLOSUREID is the enclosure number.

For example: controller=0 enclosure=2

Displays property information for all enclosures attached to the system.

Displays the information about the empty and occupied slots for the specific enclosure.

NOTE: This command is not supported on Blackplane,

SCSI, and SWRAID controllers.

omreport Battery Status

Table 7-11 describes the syntax for the omreport battery commands.

Table 7-11. omreport Battery Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage battery

Optional name=value pairs Use controller=id where id is the controller number.

For example: controller=0 controller=id battery=id where id is the controller number.

For example: controller=0

Displays all batteries present on all controllers on the system (some controllers do not have batteries).

Displays the battery on the specified controller.

Displays the specified battery.

omreport storage Commands 211

omreport Global Information (Smart Thermal

Shutdown Status, Hot Spare Protection Policy)

Table 7-12 describes the syntax for the omreport global information

command.

Table 7-12. omreport Global Information Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3)

Optional name= value pairs omreport storage globalinfo

Use

Displays whether smart thermal shutdown is enabled or disabled. For more information, see the

"omconfig Global Enable Smart Thermal

Shutdown" on page 283.

Displays the hot spare protection policy that you have set. For more information, see

at

dell.com/support/manuals.

the Dell

OpenManage Server Administrator Storage

Management User’s Guide

212 omreport storage Commands

omreport Connector Status

Table 7-13 describes the syntax for the omreport connector commands.

Table 7-13. omreport Connector Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3)

Optional name= value pairs omreport storage connector controller=id

Use

Displays all connectors present on all controllers on the system.

NOTE: This command works only when the controller ID is specified.

Displays the connectors on the specified controller.

where id is the controller number. For example: controller=0 controller =id connector=id where id is the connector number. For example: connector=0

Displays the specified connector.

NOTE: When the connectors are connected to the enclosure in redundant path mode, the Name of the connector is displayed as Logical Connector.

omreport storage Commands 213

omreport Cachecade Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport cachecade commands.

Table 7-14. omreport Cachecade Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage cachecade

Optional name=value pairs Use controller=id where id is the controller number. For example: controller=0.

controller=id cachecade=id where id is the controller number and the cachecade number. For example: controller=0 cachecade=1.

Displays property information for all cachecades on all controllers.

Displays all cachecades on the specified controller.

Displays the specified cachecade on the controller.

omreport PCIe SSD Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport pciessd command.

Table 7-15. omreport PCIe SSD Command

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage pciessd

Optional name=value pairs subsystem=id

Use

Displays the properties of the

PCIe SSD subsystem.

Displays the properties of the specified PCIe subsystem.

omreport Fluid Cache Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport fluidcache command.

214 omreport storage Commands

Table 7-16. omreport Fluid Cache Command

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage fluidcache

Use

Displays fluid cache properties and the associated fluid cache disks.

omreport Fluid Cache Pool Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport fluidcachepool command.

Table 7-17. omreport Fluid Cache Pool Command

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Use omreport storage fluidcachepool Displays the properties of the fluid cache pool.

omreport storage Commands 215

omreport Partition Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport partition commands.

Table 7-18. omreport Partition Commands

Required Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omreport storage partition

Optional name=value pairs controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller number and the virtual disk number. For example: controller=0 vdisk=1.

Use

Displays the partition details of the specified virtual disk.

Displays all the partitions in the specified virtual disk on the controller.

omreport Fluid Cache Disk Status

Table 7-14 describes the syntax for the omreport fluidcachedisk command.

Table 7-19. omreport Fluid Cache Disk Command

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Use omreport storage fluidcachedisk Displays the properties of the fluid cache disks.

216 omreport storage Commands

8

omconfig storage Commands

The omconfig commands allows you to configure physical disks, virtual disks, controllers, enclosures, batteries, global information, connectors, and cachecades.

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to display the status of various storage components.

To see a list of valid commands for omconfig storage, type: omconfig storage -?

Table 8-1 provides the omconfig storage command syntax.

Table 8-1. Syntax of omconfig storage help

Command

Level 1 omconfig

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 Use storage pdisk vdisk controller enclosure battery globalinfo

Sets the storage component properties for which omconfig commands are available.

Displays the list of omconfig storage pdisk parameters for configuring physical disks.

Displays the list of omconfig storage vdisk parameters for configuring virtual disks.

Displays a list of the omconfig storage

controller parameters for configuring controllers.

Displays a list of the omconfig storage

enclosure parameters for configuring enclosures.

Displays a list of the omconfig storage battery parameters for configuring batteries.

Displays a list of the omconfig storage

globalinfo parameters for configuring global storage properties.

omconfig storage Commands 217

218

Table 8-1. Syntax of omconfig storage help (continued)

Command

Level 1

Command

Level 2

Command Level 3 Use connector cachecade

Displays a list of the omconfig storage

connector parameters for configuring connectors.

Displays a list of the omconfig storage

cachecade parameters for configuring cachecades.

pciessed fluidcache

Displays PCIe SSD configuration commands.

Displays the fluid cache properties and the associated fluid cache disks.

fluidcachepool Displays the fluid cache pool properties.

partition Displays the partition details of the specified controller and virtual disk.

fluidcachedisk Displays the fluid cache disk properties.

omconfig Physical Disk Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute physical disk tasks.

Table 8-2. omconfig Physical Disk Commands

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) omconfig storage pdisk

Optional name=value pairs action=blink controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=unblink controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=remove controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=instantsecureerase controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=initialize controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=offline controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=online controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=assignglobalhotspare controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> assign=<yes|no> action=rebuild controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=cancelrebuild controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> omconfig storage Commands

Table 8-2. omconfig Physical Disk Commands (continued)

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3)

Optional name=value pairs action=cancelreplacemember controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=clear controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=cancelclear controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=enabledevicewritecache controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=disabledevicewritecache controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=exportlog controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> action=convertraidtononraid controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=convertnonraidtoraid controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID>

omconfig Blink Physical Disk

You can blink the light (light emitting diode or LED display) on one or more physical disks attached to a controller. Use the following omconfig command syntax to blink the LEDs of one or more physical disks.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=blink controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To blink the LEDs of physical disk 0 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage Commands 219

omconfig storage pdisk action=blink controller=1 pdisk=0:0

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=blink controller=1 pdisk=0:2:0

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Unblink Physical Disk

You can disable the light (light emitting diode or LED display) on one or more physical disks attached to a controller. Use the following omconfig command syntax to unblink one or more physical disks.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=unblink controller= id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To disable the LED on physical disk 0 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=unblink controller=1 pdisk=0:0

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=unblink controller=1 pdisk=0:2:0

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

220 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Prepare to Remove Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to prepare a physical disk for removal:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=remove controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To remove physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=remove controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=remove controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Instant Erase Secured Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to erase the data on a given encrypted disk:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=instantsecureerase controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk. omconfig storage Commands 221

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To erase the data on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=instantsecureerase controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=remove controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Initialize Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to initialize a physical disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=initialize controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To initialize physical disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage pdisk action=initialize controller=1 pdisk=4

222 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Offline Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to make a physical disk offline:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=offline controller= id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To make physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1 offline:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=offline controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=offline controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Online Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to bring an offline physical disk back online.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=online controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk. omconfig storage Commands 223

224

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To bring physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1 back online:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=online controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=online controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Assign Global Hot Spare

Use the following omconfig command syntax to assign a physical disk as a global hot spare.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=assignglobalhotspare controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> assign=yes where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To assign the physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1 as a global hot spare:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=assignglobalhotspare controller=1 pdisk=0:3 assign=yes omconfig storage Commands

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=assignglobalhotspare controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3 assign=yes

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Rebuild Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to rebuild a failed physical disk.

Rebuilding a disk may take several hours. If you need to cancel the rebuild, use the Cancel Rebuild task. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Rebuild Physical Disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=rebuild controller= id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To rebuild the physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=rebuild controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=rebuild controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig storage Commands 225

226

omconfig Cancel Rebuild Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to cancel a rebuild that is in progress. If you cancel a rebuild, the virtual disk remains in a degraded state.

See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Cancel

Rebuild Physical Disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelrebuild controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To cancel the rebuild of the physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelrebuild controller=1 pdisk=0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelrebuild controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Cancel Replace Member

Use the following omconfig command syntax to cancel a replace member operation.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelreplacemember controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk. omconfig storage Commands

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To cancel replace member operation on disk 0:0:1 which is connected to controller 0, type: omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelreplacemember controller=0 pdisk=0:0:1

omconfig Clear Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command to clear data or a configuration from a physical disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=clear controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To clear the physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=clear controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

omconfig Cancel Clear Physical Disk

Use the following omconfig command to cancel a clear operation in progress on a physical disk.

omconfig storage Commands 227

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelclear controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

In this example, you want to cancel the clear of physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1. On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

To cancel the clear of the physical disk described in this example:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=cancelclear controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

omconfig Enable Device Write Cache

Use the following omconfig command to enable write cache on a physical disk for the PCIe SSD controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action= enabledevicewritecache controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

228 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To enable write cache on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action= enabledevicewritecache controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Disable Device Write Cache

Use the following omconfig command to disable write cache on a physical disk for the PCIe SSD controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action= disabledevicewritecache controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To disable Write Cache on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action= disabledevicewritecache controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Export Reliability Log

Use the following omconfig command to export the log on a physical disk or the PCIe SSD controller.

omconfig storage Commands 229

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=exportlog controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To export log on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=exportlog controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

omconfig Convert RAID to Non-RAID

Use the following omconfig command to convert RAID to non-RAID on a physical disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=convertraidtononraid controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

NOTE: To convert multiple RAID to non-RAID on a given controller, use omconfig storage controller action=convertraidtononraid command. For more information,

see "omconfig Convert Multiple RAID to Non-RAID" on page 273.

230 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To convert RAID to non-RAID on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=raidtononraid controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Convert Non-RAID to RAID

Use the following omconfig command to convert non-RAID to RAID on a physical disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pdisk action=convertnonraidtoraid controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

NOTE: To convert multiple non-RAID to RAID on a given controller, use omconfig storage controller action=convertnonraidtoraid command. For more information,

see "omconfig Convert Multiple Non-RAID to RAID" on page 273.

Example Syntax

To convert non-RAID to RAID on physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage pdisk action=nonraidtoraid controller=1 pdisk=0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig storage Commands 231

232

omconfig Virtual Disk Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute virtual disk tasks.

CAUTION: The omconfig storage vdisk action=deletevdisk controller=id vdisk=id command deletes a virtual disk. Deleting a virtual disk destroys all information including file systems and volumes residing on the virtual disk.

Table 8-3. omconfig Manage Virtual Disk Commands

Required

Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omconfig storage vdisk

Optional name=value pairs action=checkconsistency controller=id vdisk=id action=cancelcheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id action=pausecheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id action=resumecheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id action=blink controller=id vdisk=id action=unblink controller=id vdisk=id action=initialize controller=id vdisk=id action=fastinit controller=id vdisk=id [force=yes] action=slowinit controller=id vdisk=id [force=yes] action=cancelinitialize controller=id vdisk=id action=cancelbginitialize controller=id vdisk=id action=assigndedicatedhotspare controller=id vdisk=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> assign=<yes | no> action=deletevdisk controller=id vdisk=id [force=yes] action=format controller=id vdisk=id action=reconfigure controller=id vdisk=id raid=<c | r0 | r1 | r1c | r5

| r10> pdisk=<PDISKID> [size=<size> vdcapacityexpansion=yes sizeinpercent=<1 to 100>] action=securevd controller=id vdisk=id action=clearvdbadblocks controller=id vdisk=id action=changepolicy controller=id vdisk=id [readpolicy=<ra | nra | ara | rc | nrc> | writepolicy=<wb | wt | wc | nwc | fwb> | cachepolicy=<d | c> diskcachepolicy=<enabled|disabled>] omconfig storage Commands

Table 8-3. omconfig Manage Virtual Disk Commands (continued)

Required

Command

Levels (1, 2, 3) omconfig storage vdisk

(continued)

Optional name=value pairs action=replacememberdisk controller=id vdisk=id source=

<PDISKID> destination=<PDISKID> action=rename controller=id vdisk=id action=enablefluidcache controller=id vdisk=id devicename=

<string> cachepolicy=<wb | wt> action=disablefluidcache controller=id vdisk=id devicename=

<string> action=reactivate controller=id vdisk=id devicename=<string>

omconfig Check Consistency

Use the following omconfig command syntax to initiate a check consistency on a virtual disk. The check consistency task verifies the virtual disk’s redundant data.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=checkconsistency controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To run a check consistency on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=checkconsistency controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Cancel Check Consistency

Use the following omconfig command syntax to cancel a check consistency while in progress. omconfig storage Commands 233

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action= cancelcheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To cancel a check consistency on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action= cancelcheckconsistency controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Pause Check Consistency

Use the following omconfig command syntax to pause a check consistency while it is in progress. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Pause Check Consistency.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action= pausecheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To pause a check consistency on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action= pausecheckconsistency controller=1 vdisk=4

234 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Resume Check Consistency

Use the following omconfig command syntax to resume a check consistency after it has been paused.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action= resumecheckconsistency controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To resume a check consistency on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action= resumecheckconsistency controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Blink Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to blink the physical disks included in a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=blink controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To blink the physical disks in virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=blink controller=1 vdisk=4 omconfig storage Commands 235

omconfig Unblink Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to unblink the physical disks included in a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=unblink controller= id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To unblink the physical disks in virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=unblink controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Initialize Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to initialize a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=initialize controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To initialize virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=initialize controller=1 vdisk=4

236 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Fast Initialize Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to fast initialize a virtual disk.

CAUTION: You may receive a warning message if you attempt to delete the system or boot partition. However, this warning message is not generated always.

Ensure that you do not delete the system or boot partition or other vital data when using this command.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=fastinit controller= id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

In some circumstances, you may receive a warning message if this command deletes the system or boot partition. You can override this warning by using the force=yes parameter. In this case, the syntax is as follows: omconfig storage vdisk action=fastinit controller= id vdisk=id force=yes

Example Syntax

To fast initialize virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=fastinit controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Slow Initialize Virtualize Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to slow initialize a virtual disk.

CAUTION: You may receive a warning message if you attempt to delete the system or boot partition. However, this warning message is not generated always.

Ensure that you do not delete the system or boot partition or other vital data when using this command. omconfig storage Commands 237

238

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=slowinit controller= id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

In some circumstances, you may receive a warning message if this command deletes the system or boot partition. You can override this warning by using the force=yes parameter. In this case, the syntax is as follows: omconfig storage vdisk action=slowinit controller= id vdisk=id force=yes

Example Syntax

To slow initialize virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=slowinit controller=

1 vdisk=4

omconfig Cancel Initialize Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to cancel the initialization of a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=cancelinitialize controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To cancel the initialization of virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=cancelinitialize controller=1 vdisk=4 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Cancel Background Initialize

Use the following omconfig command syntax to cancel the background initialization process on a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=cancelbginitialize controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To cancel background initialization on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=cancelbginitialize controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Assign Dedicated Hot Spare

Use the following omconfig command syntax to assign one or more physical disks to a virtual disk as a dedicated hot spare.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action= assigndedicatedhotspare controller=id vdisk=id pdisk=<PDISKID> assign=yes where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain the values for the controller, virtual disk, and physical disk, type

omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type

omreport storage vdisk controller=ID and omreport storage pdisk

controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks and physical disks attached to the controller.

omconfig storage Commands 239

Example Syntax

To assign physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1 as a dedicated hot spare to virtual disk 4:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action= assigndedicatedhotspare controller=1 vdisk=4 pdisk=0:3 assign=yes

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action= assigndedicatedhotspare controller=1 vdisk=4 pdisk=0:2:3 assign=yes

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig Delete Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to delete a virtual disk.

CAUTION: Deleting a virtual disk destroys all information including file systems and volumes residing on the virtual disk. You may receive a warning message if you attempt to delete the system or boot partition. However, this warning message is not generated always. Ensure that you do not delete the system or boot partition or other vital data when using this command.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=deletevdisk controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

In some circumstances, you may receive a warning message if this command deletes the system or boot partition. You can override this warning by using the force=yes parameter. In this case, the syntax is as follows: omconfig storage vdisk action=deletevdisk controller=id vdisk=id force=yes

240 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To delete virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=deletevdisk controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Format Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to format a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=format controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To format virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=format controller=1 vdisk=4

omconfig Reconfiguring Virtual Disks

You can reconfigure a virtual disk to change the virtual disk’s RAID level or increase its size by either adding physical disks or using the available free space. On some controllers, you can also remove physical disks.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=reconfigure controller=id vdisk=id raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5| r6| r10> pdisk=<PDISK> [size=<size> vdcapacityexpansion=yes sizeinpercent=<1 to 100>] omconfig storage Commands 241

Example Syntax

To reconfigure virtual disk 4 to a size of 800 MB, use RAID-5 and physical disks 0 through 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action=reconfigure controller=1 vdisk=4 raid=r5 size=800m pdisk=

0:0,0:1,0:2,0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action=reconfigure controller=1 vdisk=4 raid=r5 pdisk=

0:2:0,0:2:1,0:2:2,0:2:3

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

Example Syntax

To increase the size of the virtual disk by 20 percent using the available free space, use RAID-5 and physical disks 0 through 3 on connector 0 of controller

1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action=reconfigure controller=1 vdisk=4 raid=r5 pdisk=

0:2:0,0:2:1,0:2:2,0:2:3 vdcapacityexpansion=yes sizeinpercent=20

NOTE: vdcapacityexpansion parameter is supported only on PERC H700 and PERC

H800 controllers. If you set vdcapacityexpansion=yes, specify sizeinpercent. If you do not set vdcapacityexpansion, specify size.

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

242 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Secure Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to encrypt a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=securevd controller= id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To encrypt virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=securevd controller=

1 vdisk=4

omconfig Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks

Use the following omconfig command syntax to clear virtual disk bad blocks.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=clearvdbadblocks controller=id vdisk=id where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain the values for controller ID and virtual disk ID, type

omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type

omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

For example, to clear bad blocks on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=clearvdbadblocks controller=1 vdisk=4 omconfig storage Commands 243

omconfig Change Virtual Disk Policy

Use the following omconfig command syntax to change a virtual disk’s read, write, or cache policy.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=changepolicy controller=id vdisk=id [diskcachepolicy=

<enabled|disabled> | readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc|nrc> | writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc> | fwb> cachepolicy=<d | c>] where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about the controller-specific diskcache, read, write, and cache policy. For information on specifying these parameters using the omconfig command, see the following:

[readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc| nrc>] parameter (optional)

• [ writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc | fwb>] parameter (optional)

[cachepolicy=<d | c>] parameter (optional)

[diskcachepolicy=<enabled|disabled>] parameter (optional)

Example Syntax

To change the read policy of virtual disk 4 on controller 1 to no-read-ahead, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=changepolicy controller=1 vdisk=4 readpolicy=nra

244 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Replace Member Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to replace the member of a given virtual disk with the destination disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=replacememberdisk controller=id vdisk=id source=<PDISKID> destination=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID. The <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain the values for the controller, virtual disk, and physical disk, type

omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type

omreport storage vdisk controller=ID and omreport storage pdisk

controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks and physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

In this example, you are replacing physical disk 3 on connector 0 of controller 1 of virtual disk 4 with physical disk 5. On a Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

To replace the member disk described in this example:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action=replacememberdisk controller=1 vdisk=4 source=0:3 destination=0:5

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage vdisk action=replacememberdisk controller=1 vdisk=4 source=0:2:3 destination=

0:2:5

NOTE: On a SAS controller, the physical disk resides in enclosure 2.

omconfig storage Commands 245

omconfig Rename Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to rename a virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=rename controller=id vdisk=id name=<string> where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command and <string> is the new name for the virtual disk. To obtain the values for controller ID and virtual disk ID, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk

controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To rename virtual disk 4 on controller 1 to vd4, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=rename controller=1 vdisk=4 name=vd4

246 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Enable Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to enable fluid cache for the specified virtual disk.

NOTE: Enabling fluid cache creates a new fluid cache disk. You must use only the new fluid cache disk for all future data access. Data access to any of the corresponding virtual disk or caching its partitions may lead to data corruption.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=enablefluidcache controller=id vdisk=id devicename=<string> cachepolicy= <wb | wt> where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command, <string> is the device name of the virtual disk, wb is writeback, and wt is writethrough. To obtain the values for controller ID and virtual disk

ID, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To enable fluid cache on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=enablefluidcache controller=1 vdisk=4 devicename=/dev/sdb cacachepolicy=wb omconfig storage Commands 247

omconfig Disable Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to disable fluid cache for the specified virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=disablefluidcache controller=id vdisk=id devicename=<string> where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command, and <string> is the device name of the virtual disk. To obtain the values for controller ID and virtual disk ID, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk

controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To disable fluid cache on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=disablefluidcache controller=1 vdisk=4 devicename=/dev/sdb

248 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Reactivate Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk

Use the following omconfig command syntax to reactivate the fluid cache for the specified virtual disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage vdisk action=reactivate controller=id vdisk=id devicename=<string> where id is the controller ID and virtual disk ID as reported by the omreport command, and <string> is the device name of the virtual disk. To obtain the values for controller ID and virtual disk ID, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage vdisk

controller=ID to display the IDs for the virtual disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To reactivate fluid cache on virtual disk 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage vdisk action=reactivate controller=

1 vdisk=4 devicename=/dev/sdb

omconfig Controller Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute controller tasks.

CAUTION: The omconfig storage controller action=resetconfig controller=id resets the controller configuration. Resetting the controller configuration permanently destroys all data on all virtual disks attached to the controller. System or boot partition residing on these virtual disks is destroyed.

Table 8-4. omconfig Controller Commands

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3) omconfig storage controller

Optional name=value pairs action=rescan controller=id action=enablealarm controller=id action=disablealarm controller=id action=quietalarm controller=id omconfig storage Commands 249

250

Table 8-4. omconfig Controller Commands (continued)

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3)

Optional name=value pairs action=testalarm controller=id action=resetconfig controller=id [force=yes] action=createvdisk controller=id raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5|r6| r10| r50|r60> size=<number | b | m |g |max | min> pdisk=<PDISKID> [stripesize=< 2kb| 4kb| 8kb|

16kb| 32kb| 64kb| 128kb | 256kb | 512kb | 1mb >]

[cachepolicy=<d | c>] [readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc| nrc>] [writepolicy=<wb | wt | wc | nwc | fwb>]

[diskcachepolicy=<disabled | enabled>] [name=

<string>] [spanlength=<n>] | [secureflag=yes]

NOTE: For RAID 10 on SAS controllers with firmware version

6.1 and later, spanlength is an optional parameter (default=2.) action=setrebuildrate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> action=setchangecontrollerproperties controller=<id>

[bgirate=<rate>][reconstructrate=

<rate>][checkconsistencyrate=<rate>][rebuildrate=

<rate>][clearredundantpath= clear][abortcheckconsistencyonerror=

<enabled/disabled>][loadbalance=

<auto/disabled>][allowrevertibilehotspareandreplacemem ber=enabled/disabled]

[autoreplacememberonpredictivefailure=

<enabled/disabled>][persistenthotspare= enabled/disabled]rate=<0 to 100> action=discardpreservedcache controller=id force=

<enabled/disabled> action=createsecuritykey controller=id keyid=<keyid> passphrase=<passphrase string> [escrow=yes] [filepath=

<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

action=changesecuritykey controller=id keyid=<keyid> passphrase=<passphrase string> oldpassphrase=

<oldpassphrase string> [escrow=yes] [filepath=

<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

action=deletesecuritykey controller=id omconfig storage Commands

Table 8-4. omconfig Controller Commands (continued)

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3)

Optional name=value pairs action=setbgirate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> action=setreconstructrate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> action=setcheckconsistencyrate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> action=exportlog controller=id action=importsecureforeignconfig controller=id passphrase=<passphrase for imported foreign configuration> action=importforeignconfig controller=id action=importrecoverforeignconfig controller=id action=clearforeignconfig controller=id action=setpdiskpwrmanagement controller=id spindownunconfigureddrives=<enabled/disabled> spindownhotspares=<enabled/disabled> spindownconfigureddrives=<enabled/disabled> idlec=<enabled/disabled> spindowntimeinterval=<30 to

1440>(minutes) spinupstarttime=<HH:MM:AM/PM> spinuptimeinterval=<1 to 24>(hours)

NOTE: Specify spinupstarttime and spinuptimeinterval only when you set spindownconfigureddrives=enabled.

action=setpatrolreadmode controller=id mode=<manual | auto | disable> action=startpatrolread controller=id action=stoppatrolread controller=id action=createcachecade controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> [name=<string>] action=enablelkm controller=id keyid=<keyid> passphrase=<passphrase string> [escrow=yes] [filepath=

<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

omconfig storage Commands 251

252

Table 8-4. omconfig Controller Commands (continued)

Required Command Levels

(1, 2, 3)

Optional name=value pairs action=switchtolkm controller=id keyid=<keyid> passphrase=<passphrase string> [escrow=yes] [filepath=

<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

action=rekeylkm controller=id action=convertraidtononraid controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=convertnonraidtoraid controller=id pdisk=

<PDISKID>

omconfig Rescan Controller

Use the following omconfig command syntax to rescan a controller. For more information, see the Dell OpenManage Online Help.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=rescan controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To rescan controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=rescan controller=1

NOTE: The rescan controller is not supported on non-RAID SCSI and SAS controllers. Reboot the system to make the configuration changes visible on non-

RAID SCSI controllers.

omconfig Enable Controller Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to enable the controller alarm.

See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Enable

Controller Alarm.

omconfig storage Commands

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=enablealarm controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To enable the alarm on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=enablealarm controller=1

omconfig Disable Controller Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to disable the controller alarm.

See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Disable

Controller Alarm.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=disablealarm controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To disable the alarm on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=disablealarm controller=1

omconfig Quiet Controller Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to silence an activated controller alarm. For more information, see the Dell OpenManage Online

Help.

omconfig storage Commands 253

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=quietalarm controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To quiet the alarm on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=quietalarm controller=1

omconfig Test Controller Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to test the functionality of the controller alarm. The alarm sounds for about two seconds. See the Dell

OpenManage Online Help for more information about Test Controller Alarm.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=testalarm controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To test the alarm on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=testalarm controller=1

254 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Reset Controller Configuration

Use the following omconfig command syntax to reset the controller configuration.

CAUTION: Resetting a configuration permanently destroys all data on all virtual disks attached to the controller. System or boot partition residing on these virtual disks is destroyed. You may receive a warning message if this command results in deleting the system or boot partition. However, this warning message is not generated always. Ensure that you do not delete the system or boot partition or other vital data when using this command.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=resetconfig controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

In some circumstances, you may receive a warning message if this command deletes the system or boot partition. You can override this warning by using the force=yes parameter. In this case, the syntax is as follows: omconfig storage controller action=resetconfig controller=id force=yes

Example Syntax

To reset the configuration on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=resetconfig controller=1

omconfig Create Virtual Disk

The Dell OpenManage Online Help provides additional information about creating virtual disks.

The omconfig syntax for creating a virtual disk has several parameters.

You must specify the following parameters:

Controller (controller=id)

• RAID level (raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5|r6| r10| r50|r60>)

Size (size=<number | max | min>) omconfig storage Commands 255

256

Physical disk is specified as either:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: p disk=connector:enclosureID:targetID where connector:enclosureID:targetID is the connector number, enclosure number, and slot number.

For example pdisk=0:1:2

• For SAS controllers: pdisk=connector:targetID where connectorID:targetID is the connector number and the slot number.

For example: pdisk=0:2

Storage Management supplies default values for any of the other parameters that you do not specify.

For creating an encrypted virtual disk, specify secureflag=yes. You can create encrypted virtual disks only with SED drives.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=createvdisk controller=id raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5| r6| r10| r50

|r60> size=<number | max | min> pdisk=<PDISKID>

[stripesize=< 2kb| 4kb| 8kb| 16kb| 32kb| 64kb|

128kb>] [cachepolicy=<d | c>] [diskcachepolicy=

<disabled | enabled>][readpolicy=<ra | nra | ara | rc| nrc>] [writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc | fwb>]

[name=<string>] [spanlength=<n>] | [secureflag=yes]

NOTE: If you are configuring RAID for SAS controllers with firmware version 6.1 and later, spanlength is an optional parameter (default=2). Spanlength is an even number and is lesser than or equal to half the number of physical disks specified in size.

Parameter Specification for Create and Reconfigure Virtual Disk

The following sections indicate how to specify the omconfig storage controller

action=createvdisk parameters.

controller=id Parameter (Required)

raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5| r6| r10| r50| r60> parameter (required) omconfig storage Commands

size=<number | max | min> parameter (required)

pdisk=<connector:targetID,connector:targetID,.....> parameter (required)

[stripesize=< 2kb| 4kb| 8kb| 16kb| 32kb| 64kb| 128kb>] parameter

(optional)

[cachepolicy=<d | c>] parameter (optional)

[readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc| nrc>] parameter (optional)

[writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc | fwb>] parameter (optional)

[name=<string>] parameter (optional)

[spanlength=<n>] parameter (optional) controller=id Parameter (Required)

Specify the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command. For example: controller=2 raid=<c| r0 | r1 | r1c | r5 | r6 | r10 | r50 | r60> Parameter (Required)

Use the raid=<c| r0| r1| r1c| r5| r6 | r10| r50| r60> parameter to specify concatenation or a RAID level for a virtual disk. Different controllers support different RAID levels. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about RAID levels a controller supports and for general

information about RAID levels and concatenation. Table 8-5 indicates how to

specify the raid=n parameter for each RAID level and concatenation.

Table 8-5. Raid Level and Concatenation

RAID Level or Concatenation

RAID-0

RAID-1

RAID-5

RAID-6

RAID-10

RAID-50

RAID-60 raid=n Parameter Specification raid=r0 raid=r1 raid=r5 raid=r6 raid=r10 raid=r50 raid=r60

RAID-1-concatenated raid=r1c

Concatenation raid=c omconfig storage Commands 257

size=<number | max | min> Parameter (Required)

Table 8-6 indicates how to specify the size=<number | max | min>

parameter.

Table 8-6. Size Parameter size=<number | max | min>

Parameter Specification size=<n> size=max size=min

Description

Use this specification to indicate a specific size for the virtual disk. The virtual disk size is specified in b (bytes), m

(megabytes), or g (gigabytes). For example, size=500m indicates that the virtual disk is 500 MB.

To create a virtual disk that is the maximum size possible, specify size=max. When creating a RAID-50 virtual disk, this parameter is specified as size=max.

To create a virtual disk that is the minimum size possible, specify size=min.

PDISKID=<connector:enclosureID:targetID | connector:targetID>

Use this parameter to specify the physical disks to be included in the virtual disk.

When reconfiguring a virtual disk, you must specify all physical disks to include in the reconfigured virtual disk. The physical disk specification applies to physical disks in the original virtual disk and continues in the reconfigured virtual disk and to any new physical disks being added to the reconfigured virtual disk. Some controllers allow you to remove a physical disk from a virtual disk. In this case, do not specify to remove the physical disk.

The pdisk=<PDISKID> parameter indicates a physical disk by specifying either connector:enclosureID:targetID or connector:targetID. stripesize=< 2kb| 4kb| 8kb| 16kb| 32kb| 64kb| 128kb>] Parameter (Optional)

Different controllers support different stripe sizes. See the Dell OpenManage

Online Help for more information on stripe sizes supported for a controller.

All stripe sizes are specified in kilobytes. For example, when specifying 128 KB as the stripe size, type: stripesize=128kb

258 omconfig storage Commands

[cachepolicy=<d | c>] Parameter (Optional)

Different controllers support different cache policies. Table 8-7 indicates how

to specify the [cachepolicy=<d | c>] parameter for each of the cache policies.

Table 8-7. Cache Policy Parameters

Cache Policy cachepolicy=d | c Parameter Specification

Direct I/O

Cache I/O cachepolicy=d cachepolicy=c

[diskcachepolicy=<disabled | enabled>] Parameter (Optional)

Different controllers support different disk cache policies. The following table indicates how to specify the [diskcachepolicy= <disabled | enabled> ] parameter for each of the cache policies.

Table 8-8. Disk Cache Policy Parameters

Disk Cache Policy

Disabled

Enabled diskcachepolicy=disabled | enabled Parameter Specification diskcachepolicy=disabled diskcachepolicy=enabled

[readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc| nrc>] Parameter (Optional)

Different controllers support different read policies. Table 8-9 indicates how

to specify the [readpolicy=<ra| nra| ara| rc| nrc>] parameter for each of the read policies.

Table 8-9. Read Policy Parameters

Read Policy readpolicy=ra | ara | nra | rc | nrc Parameter Specification

Read ahead readpolicy=ra

Adaptive read ahead readpolicy=ara

No read ahead

Read cache

No read cache

readpolicy=nra

readpolicy=rc readpolicy=nrc omconfig storage Commands 259

[writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc>] Parameter (Optional)

Different controllers support different write policies. Table 8-10 indicates

how to specify the [writepolicy=<wb| wt| wc| nwc | fwb>] parameter for each of the write policies.

Table 8-10. Write Policy Parameters

Write Policy

Write–back cache

Write–through cache

Write cache

Force write back

No write cache writepolicy=wb | wt | wc | fwb | nwc Parameter

Specification writepolicy=wb writepolicy=wt writepolicy=wc writepolicy=fwb writepolicy=nwc

[name=<string>] Parameter (Optional)

Use this parameter to specify a name for the virtual disk. For example: name=VirtualDisk1

[spanlength=<n>] Parameter (Required for RAID 50 and RAID 60 and optional for

RAID 10)

Use this parameter to specify the number of physical disks in each stripe. This parameter applies only to RAID-50 virtual disks. If you are not creating a

RAID-50 virtual disk, do not specify this parameter. For example: spanlength=3

For RAID 10 on SAS controllers with firmware version 6.1 and later, spanlength is optional. Also, you can now specify the spanlength as an even number with a maximum of 8 spans with 32 physical disks each. For example, omconfig storage controller action=createvdisk controller=1 raid=r10 size=min pdisk=

1:1:0,1:1:1,1:1:3,1:1:4,1:1:6,1:1:7,1:1:8,1:1:9 spanlength=4

260 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

You can create a RAID-5 virtual disk of 500MB with a stripe size of 16 KB on a

PERC 3/QC controller. The name of the virtual disk is vd1 and it resides on connector 0 of controller 1. Because the virtual disk is a RAID-5, it requires at least three physical disks. In this example, you specify four physical disks.

These are physical disks 0 through 3. The virtual disk has read-ahead, write–through caching, and cache I/O policies.

To create a virtual disk: omconfig storage controller action=createvdisk controller=1 raid=r5 size=500m pdisk=

0:0,0:1,0:2,0:3 stripesize=16kb cachepolicy=c readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt

The only parameters that require specification are for the controller,

RAID level, virtual disk size, and physical disk selection. Storage

Management supplies default values for all other unspecified parameters. For more information on read, write, and cache policies are supported by the controller, see the Dell OpenManage Online Help.

omconfig Set Controller Rebuild Rate

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the controller rebuild rate:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=setrebuildrate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To set the rebuild rate to 50 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=setrebuildrate controller=1 rate=50 omconfig storage Commands 261

262

omconfig Change Controller Properties

Use the following omconfig command to change any or all of the following controller properties.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= setchangecontrollerproperties controller=<id> bgirate=<rate> reconstructrate=<rate> checkconsistencyrate=<rate> rebuildrate=<rate> clearredundantpath=clear abortcheckconsistencyonerror=<enabled | disabled> loadbalance=<auto | disabled> allowrevertiblehotspareandreplacemember=<enabled

| disabled> autoreplacememberonpredictivefailure=

<enabled | disabled> persistenthotspare=<enabled | disabled>

Example Syntax

To enable allow revertible hot spare and replace member operation, type: omconfig storage controller action= setchangecontrollerproperties allowrevertiblehotspare andreplacemember=enabled controller=1

omconfig Discard Preserved Cache

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to discard the preserved cache on the controller.

NOTE: To check if the controller has a preserved cache, type omreport storage controller controller=id

.

If the system displays

Preserved Cache=yes

, it indicates the presence of the preserved cache.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= discardpreservedcache controller=id force=enabled

| disabled

If you set force=enabled, the cache is discarded irrespective of whether the controller detects a foreign or an offline virtual disk.

omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To discard the preserved cache, type: omconfig storage controller action= discardpreservedcache controller=1 force=enabled

CAUTION: Discarding the preserved cache can result in data loss. It is recommended that you run this command using the force=disabled option.

NOTE: If a foreign configuration is detected, then the preceding command using force=disabled option fails. To avoid data loss, import the foreign configuration and flush the preserved cache to disk. To discard preserved cache forcefully, either clear the foreign configuration and run the proceeding command, or run the proceeding command using force=enabled option.

omconfig Create Encryption Key

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to create the encryption key for the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= createsecuritykey controller=id keyid=<keyid string> passphrase=<passphrase string> [escrow= yes] [filepath=<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

Example Syntax

To create the encryption key for the controller, type: omconfig storage controller action= createsecuritykey controller=1 keyid=Dell_123 passphrase=Dell_123 escrow=yes filepath=

C:/escrow.xml

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

omconfig Change Encryption Key

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to change the encryption key for the controller, if passphrase is provided.

omconfig storage Commands 263

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= changesecuritykey controller=id keyid=<keyid string> passphrase=<passphrase string> oldpassphrase=<old passphrase string>[escrow=yes]

[filepath=<Absolute path to the escrow file>]

Example Syntax

To change the encryption key for the controller, type: omconfig storage controller action= changesecuritykey controller=1 keyid=Dell_123 passphrase=Dell_123 oldpassphrase=Dell_321 escrow= yes filepath=C:/escrow.xml

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

omconfig Delete Encryption Key

Use the following omconfig command syntax to delete the encryption key for the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= deletesecuritykey controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To delete the security key on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= deletesecuritykey controller=1

omconfig Set Background Initialization Rate

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the background initialization rate.

264 omconfig storage Commands

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=setbgirate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To set the background initialization rate to 50 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=setbgirate controller=1 rate=50

omconfig Set Reconstruct Rate

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the reconstruct rate.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= setreconstructrate controller=id rate=<0 to 100> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To set the reconstruct rate to 50 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= setreconstructrate controller=1 rate=50

omconfig Set Check Consistency Rate

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the check consistency rate. omconfig storage Commands 265

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= setcheckconsistencyrate controller=id rate=<0 to

100> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To set the check consistency rate to 50 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= setcheckconsistencyrate controller=1 rate=50

omconfig Export the Controller Log

Use the following omconfig command syntax to export the controller log to a text file. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about the exported log file.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=exportlog controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To export the log on controller 1 , type : omconfig storage controller action=exportlog controller=1

By default, the log file is exported to C:\WINNT or C:\Windows on Microsoft

Windows systems (based on the Windows version used) and /var/log on all

Linux systems.

266 omconfig storage Commands

Depending on the controller, the log file name is afa_<mmdd>.log or

lsi_<mmdd>.log where <mmdd> is the month and date. See the Dell

OpenManage Online Help for more information on the controller log file.

NOTE: The export log file command is not supported on the 4/IM, CERC ATA, and

100/4ch controllers.

omconfig Import Secure Foreign Configuration

Use the following omconfig command syntax to unlock the encrypted Local

Key Management (LKM) foreign configuration drives.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= importsecureforeignconfig controller=id passphrase=<passphrase string for the foreign configuration> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To unlock the ecncrypted LKM configuration drives on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= importsecureforeignconfig controller=1 passphrase=

Dell_123

omconfig Import Foreign Configuration

Use the following omconfig command syntax to import all virtual disks that reside on physical disks newly attached to the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= importforeignconfig controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

NOTE: This command is supported only in firmware version 5.0.

x .

omconfig storage Commands 267

Example Syntax

To import foreign configurations on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= importforeignconfig controller=1

omconfig Import or Recover Foreign Configuration

Use the following omconfig command syntax to import and recover all virtual disks that reside on physical disks newly attached to the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= importrecoverforeignconfig controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

NOTE: This command is supported only on firmware version 5.1.1.

Example Syntax

To import and recover foreign configurations on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= importrecoverforeignconfig controller=1

omconfig Clear Foreign Configuration

Use the following omconfig command syntax to clear or delete all virtual disks that reside on physical disks newly attached to the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= clearforeignconfig controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

268 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To clear foreign configurations on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action= clearforeignconfig controller=1

omconfig Physical Disk Power Management

Use the following omconfig command syntax for managing the power of physical disks in a controller by spinning down hot spares, configured drives, and unconfigured drives.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= setpdiskpwrmanagement spindownunconfigureddrives=

<enabled | disabled> spindownhotspares=<enabled | disabled> spindownconfigureddrives=<enabled | disabled> idlec=<enabled | disabled> spindowntimeinterval=<30 to 1440>(minutes) spinupstarttime=<HH:MM:AM/PM> spinuptimeinterval=

<1 to 24>(hours) where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

NOTE: On PERC 7 controllers, only spindownunconfigureddrives, spindownhotspares, and spindowntimeinterval parameters are supported.

NOTE: You can specify spinupstarttime and spinuptimeinterval only when you set spindownconfigureddrives=enabled.

Example Syntax

To spin down drives that are not configured or hot spares that are unattended for 30 minutes, type: omconfig storage controller action= setpdiskpwrmanagement spindownunconfigureddrives= enabled spindownhotspares=enabled spindowntimeinterval=30 controller=1 omconfig storage Commands 269

omconfig Set Patrol Read Mode

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the patrol read mode for the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= setpatrolreadmode controller=id mode= manual|auto|disable where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To set the patrol read on controller 1 to manual mode, type: omconfig storage controller action= setpatrolreadmode controller=1 mode=manual

omconfig Start Patrol Read

Use the following omconfig command syntax to start the patrol read task on the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=startpatrolread controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To start the patrol read task on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=startpatrolread controller=1

NOTE: To start patrol read, the current patrol read mode is set to Manual.

270 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Stop Patrol Read

Use the following omconfig command syntax to stop the patrol read task on the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=stoppatrolread controller=id where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To stop the patrol read task on controller 1, type: omconfig storage controller action=stoppatrolread controller=1

NOTE: To stop patrol read, the current patrol read mode is set to Manual.

omconfig Create Cachecade

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to create a cachecade on the given controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=createcachecade controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> [name=<string>] where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command and PDISKID is specified as: pdisk=connector:enclosureID:targetID | connector:targetID

Example Syntax

To create a cachecade on controller 0, type: omconfig storage controller action=createcachecade controller=0 pdisk=0:2:3 name=Cachecade1 omconfig storage Commands 271

272

omconfig Enable LKM Controller

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to enable the LKM mode and create the encryption key for the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=enablelkm controller=id keyid=<keyid string> passphrase=

<passphrase string> [escrow=yes] [filepath=

<Absolute path to the escrow file>] where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To create the encryption key for the controller, type: omconfig storage controller action=enablelkm controller=1 keyid=Dell_123 passphrase=Dell_123 escrow= yes filepath=C:/escrow.xml

NOTE: If you set escrow=yes, specify the escrow file path.

omconfig Rekey LKM Controller

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to re-key the encryption key in LKM mode for the controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action=rekeylkm controller=id keyid=<keyid> passphrase=

<passphrase string> escrow=yes filepath=<Absolute

path to the escrow file> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command.

Example Syntax

To re-key the encryption key for the controller, type: omconfig storage controller action=rekeylkm controller=1 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Convert Multiple RAID to Non-RAID

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to convert multiple

RAID to non-RAID on the given controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= convertraidtononraid controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command and PDISKID is specified as: pdisk=connector:enclosureID:targetID | connector:targetID

Example Syntax

To convert multiple RAID to non-RAID on the controller 0, type: omconfig storage controller action= convertraidtononraid controller=0 pdisk=0:2:3

omconfig Convert Multiple Non-RAID to RAID

Use the following omconfig storage command syntax to convert multiple non-RAID to RAID on the given controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage controller action= convertnonraidtoraid controller=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID as reported by the omreport storage controller command and PDISKID is specified as: pdisk=connector:enclosureID:targetID | connector:targetID

Example Syntax

To convert multiple non-RAID to RAID on controller 0, type: omconfig storage controller action= convertnonraidtoraid controller=0 pdisk=0:2:3 omconfig storage Commands 273

Omconfig Enclosure Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute enclosure tasks.

Table 8-11. omconfig Enclosure Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Optional name=value pairs omconfig storage enclosure action=enablealarm controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> action=disablealarm controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> action=setassettag controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> assettag=<string> action=setassetname controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> assetname=<string> action=settempprobes controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> index=id minwarn=n maxwarn=n action=resettempprobes controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> index=id action=setalltempprobes controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> minwarn=n maxwarn=n action=resetalltempprobes controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> action=blink controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID>

274 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Enable Enclosure Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to enable the enclosure alarm:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=enablealarm controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

Example Syntax

To enable the alarm on the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=enablealarm controller=1 enclosure=2

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=enablealarm controller=1 enclosure=1:2

omconfig Disable Enclosure Alarm

Use the following omconfig command syntax to disable the enclosure alarm.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=disablealarm controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure. omconfig storage Commands 275

Example Syntax

To disable the alarm on enclosure 2 attached to connector 1 on controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=disablealarm controller=1 enclosure=2

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=disablealarm controller=1 enclosure=1:2

omconfig Set Enclosure Asset Tag

Use the following omconfig command syntax to specify the enclosure’s asset tag:

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=setassettag controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> assettag=

<string> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

In this syntax, <string> is a user-specified alphanumeric string.

Example Syntax

To specify the asset tag to encl20 on the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=setassettag controller=1 enclosure=2 assettag=encl20

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=setassettag controller=1 enclosure=1:2 assettag=encl20

276 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Set Enclosure Asset Name

Use the following omconfig command syntax to specify the asset name for an enclosure.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=setassetname controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> assetname=

<string> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

In this syntax, <string> is a user-specified alphanumeric string.

Example Syntax

To specify the asset name to encl43 for the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=setassetname controller=1 enclosure=2 assetname=encl43

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=setassetname controller=1 enclosure=1:2 assetname=encl43

omconfig Set Temperature Probe Thresholds

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the minimum and maximum warning temperature thresholds for a specified temperature probe.

NOTE: This command is not supported on SAS controllers. omconfig storage Commands 277

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=settempprobes controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> index=id minwarn=n maxwarn=n where id is the controller ID and the temperature probe ID. The

<ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

In this syntax, n is a user-specified value for the temperature in Celsius.

Example Syntax

To set the temperature probe thresholds to 10 and 40 degree Celsius:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=settempprobes controller=1 enclosure=2 index=3 minwarn=10 maxwarn=40

NOTE: Here, temperature probe 3 resides in the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller 1.

omconfig Reset Temperature Probe Thresholds

Use the following omconfig command syntax to reset the minimum and maximum warning temperature thresholds back to their default values.

NOTE: This command is not supported on SAS controllers.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=resettempprobes controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> index=id where id is the controller ID and the temperature probe ID. The

<ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

278 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To reset the thresholds for temperature probe 3, residing in the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller 1, to the default values:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=resettempprobes controller=1 enclosure=2 index=3

NOTE: Here, temperature probe 3 resides in the enclosure attached to connector 2 on controller 1.

omconfig Set All Temperature Probe Thresholds

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the minimum and maximum warning temperature thresholds for all temperature probes in the enclosure.

NOTE: This command is not supported on SCSI RAID controllers.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=setalltempprobes controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> minwarn=n maxwarn=n where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

Example Syntax

To set the thresholds for all temperature probes residing in enclosure 3 attached to connector 2 on controller 1, to 10 and 40 degree Celsius:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=setalltempprobes controller=1 enclosure=2:3 minwarn=10 maxwarn=40 omconfig storage Commands 279

omconfig Reset All Temperature Probe Thresholds

Use the following omconfig command syntax to reset the minimum and maximum warning temperature thresholds back to their default value for all temperature probes in the enclosure.

NOTE: This command is not supported on SCSI RAID controllers.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action= resetalltempprobes controller=id enclosure=

<ENCLOSUREID> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

Example Syntax

To reset the thresholds for all temperature probes in enclosure 3 attached to connector 2 on controller 1:

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action= resetalltempprobes controller=1 enclosure=2:3

omconfig Blink

Use the following omconfig command to blink the light-emitting diodes

(LEDs) on the enclosure.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage enclosure action=blink controller=id enclosure=<ENCLOSUREID> where id is the controller ID. The <ENCLOSUREID> variable specifies the enclosure.

280 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To blink the LEDs for enclosure 3 attached to connector 2 on controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=blink controller=1 enclosure=2

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage enclosure action=blink controller=1 enclosure=2:3

omconfig Battery Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute battery tasks.

Table 8-12. omconfig Battery Commands omconfig storage battery action=startlearn controller=id battery=id action=delaylearn controller=id battery=id days=d hours=h

omconfig Start Battery Learn Cycle

Use the following omconfig command to start the battery learn cycle.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage battery action=startlearn controller=id battery=id where id is the controller ID and battery ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain this value, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage battery controller=ID to display the ID for the controller battery.

omconfig storage Commands 281

Example Syntax

To start the learn cycle on controller 1, type: omconfig storage battery action=startlearn controller=1 battery=0

omconfig Delay Battery Learn Cycle

Use the following omconfig command to delay the battery learn cycle for a specified period of time. You can delay the battery learn cycle for a maximum of seven days or 168 hours.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage battery action=delaylearn controller=id battery=id days=d hours=h where id is the controller ID and battery ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain this value, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage battery controller=ID to display the ID for the controller battery.

Example Syntax

To delay the learn cycle for three days and 12 hours on controller 1, type: omconfig storage battery action=delaylearn controller=1 battery=0 days=3 hours=12

omconfig Global Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute the global commands. When executed, these commands apply to all controllers. These global commands also correspond to the global tasks provided by the Storage tree view object’s Information/Configuration subtab.

282 omconfig storage Commands

Table 8-13. omconfig Global Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) omconfig storage globalinfo

Optional name=value pairs action=enablests action=disablests action=globalrescan action=setprotectionpolicies type=ghs or dhs

omconfig Global Enable Smart Thermal Shutdown

By default, the operating system and server shut down when the PV220S and

PV221S enclosures reach a critical temperature of 0 or 50 degree Celsius.

However, if you have implemented connector redundancy on the PV220S and

PV221S enclosures you can specify that only the enclosure and not the operating system and server are shut down when the enclosure reaches a critical temperature of 0 or 50 degree Celsius. Specifying that only the enclosure is shut down during excessive temperatures is known as Smart

Thermal Shutdown. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about Smart Thermal Shutdown.

Use the following omconfig command syntax to enable smart thermal shutdown.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage globalinfo action=enablests omconfig storage Commands 283

Example Syntax

The omconfig command syntax for enabling thermal shutdown does not require that you specify a controller or enclosure ID. To enable thermal shutdown, type the following: omconfig storage globalinfo action=enablests

NOTE: You can use the omreport storage globalinfo command to determine whether smart thermal shutdown is currently enabled or disabled. The status of smart thermal shutdown is also displayed by the Server Administrator graphical user interface (GUI). To locate this status, select the Storage object and the

Information/Configuration tab.

omconfig Global Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown

If you have previously enabled smart thermal shutdown using the omconfig command, you can disable smart thermal shutdown and return the system to its default setting. When smart thermal shutdown is disabled, the operating system and the server shuts down when the PV220S and PV221S enclosures reach a critical temperature of 0 or 50 degree Celsius.

Use the following omconfig command syntax to disable smart thermal shutdown for all controllers.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage globalinfo action=disablests

Example Syntax

The omconfig command syntax for disabling thermal shutdown does not require that you specify a controller or enclosure ID. To disable thermal shutdown, type the following: omconfig storage globalinfo action=disablests

NOTE: You can use the omreport storage globalinfo command to determine whether smart thermal shutdown is currently enabled or disabled. The status of smart thermal shutdown is also displayed in the GUI of Server Administrator. To locate this status, select the Storage object and the Information/Configuration tab.

284 omconfig storage Commands

omconfig Global Rescan Controller

Use the following omconfig command syntax to rescan all controllers on the system. See the Dell OpenManage Online Help for more information about

Global Rescan Controller.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage globalinfo action=globalrescan

Example Syntax

The omconfig command syntax for rescanning all controllers on the system does not require that you specify a controller ID. To do a global rescan of all controllers, type the following: omconfig storage globalinfo action=globalrescan

NOTE: Global rescan is not supported on non-RAID SCSI and SAS controllers.

Reboot the system to make visible the configuration changes on non-RAID SCSI controllers.

omconfig Set Hot Spare Protection Policy

Use the following omconfig command syntax to set the hot spare protection policy for dedicated or global hot spares. For more information, see the Dell

OpenManage Server Administrator Storage Management User’s Guide.

Complete Syntax

For dedicated hot spare protection policy, type: omconfig storage globalinfo action= setprotectionpolicies type=dhs raid=<r1 | r5 | r6

| r10 | r50 | r60 | all> hscount=<1-16> warnlevel=

<0-3> where hscount is the number of hot spares assigned to the virtual disk and warnlevel

is the severity level you want to assign to the generated alert, if this policy is violated. Use hscount=0 warnlevel=0 to reset the dedicated hot spare protection policy for the RAID level.

omconfig storage Commands 285

For global hot spare protection policy, type: omconfig storage globalinfo action= setprotectionpolicies type=ghs hscount=<1-16> warnlevel=<0-3> includeghsinvdstate=<yes | no> where hscount is the number of hot spares assigned to the virtual disk and warnlevel is the severity level you want to assign to the generated alert, if this policy is violated. Use hscount=0 warnlevel=0 to reset the global hot spare protection policy for the RAID level.

omconfig Connector Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute connector tasks.

Table 8-14. omconfig Connector Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) omconfig storage connector

Optional name=value pairs action=rescan controller=id connector=id

omconfig Rescan Connector

Use the following omconfig command to rescan a controller connector. This command rescans all connectors on the controller and is therefore similar to performing a controller rescan.

NOTE: This command is not supported on SAS controllers.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage connector action=rescan controller=id connector=id where id is the controller ID and the connector ID as reported by the

omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage connector

controller=ID to display the IDs for the connectors attached to the controller.

286 omconfig storage Commands

Example Syntax

To rescan connector 2 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage connector action=rescan controller=1 connector=2

omconfig Cachecade Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute cachecade tasks.

Table 8-15. omconfig Cachecade Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Optional name=value pairs omconfig storage cachecade action=blink controller=id cachecade=id action=unblink controller=id cachecade=id action=deletecachecade controller=id cachecade=id

[force=yes] action=resize controller=id cachecade=id pdisk=

<PDISKID> action=rename controller=id cachecade=id name=

<string>

omconfig Blink Cachecade

Use the following omconfig command syntax to blink the physical disks included in a cachecade.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage cachecade action=blink controller=id cachecade=id where id is the controller ID and cachecade ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage cachecade controller=ID to display the IDs for the cachecades of the controller. omconfig storage Commands 287

Example Syntax

To blink the physical disk in cachecade 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage cachecade action=blink controller=1 cachecade=4

omconfig Unblink Cachecade

Use the following omconfig command syntax to unblink the physical disks included in a cachecade.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage cachecade action=unblink controller=id cachecade=id where id is the controller ID and cachecade ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage cachecade controller=ID to display the IDs for the cachecades of the controller.

Example Syntax

To unblink the physical disks in cachecade 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage cachecade action=unblink controller=1 cachecade=4

omconfig Delete Cachecade

Use the following omconfig command syntax to delete a cachecade.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage cachecade action=deletecachecade controller=id cachecade=id where id is the controller ID and cachecade ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage cachecade controller=ID to display the IDs for the cachecades of the controller.

288 omconfig storage Commands

In some circumstances, you may receive a warning message. You can override this warning by using the force=yes parameter. In this case, the syntax is as follows: omconfig storage cachecade action=deletecachecade controller=id cachecade=id force=yes

Example Syntax

To delete cachecade 4 on controller 1, type: omconfig storage cachecade action=deletecachecade controller=1 cachecade=4

omconfig Resize Cachecade

Use the following omconfig command syntax to resize a cachecade by adding or removing physical disks.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage cachecade action=resize controller=id cachecade=id pdisk=<PDISKID> where id is the controller ID and cachecade ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage cachecade controller=ID to display the IDs for the cachecades of the controller.

Example Syntax

To resize cachecade 4, use physical disks 0 through 3 on connector 0 of controller 1:

• For SCSI, SATA, and ATA controllers: omconfig storage cachecade action=resize controller=1 cachecade=4 pdisk=0:0,0:1,0:2,0:3

• For SAS controllers: omconfig storage cachecade action=resize controller=1 cachecade=4 pdisk=

0:2:0,0:2:1,0:2:2,0:2:3 omconfig storage Commands 289

omconfig Rename Cachecade

Use the following omconfig command syntax to rename a cachecade.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage cachecade action=rename controller=id cachecade=id name=<string> where id is the controller ID and cachecade ID as reported by the omreport command. To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage cachecade controller=ID to display the IDs for the cachecades of the controller.

Example Syntax

To rename cachecade 4 on controller 1 to cc4, type: omconfig storage cachecade action=rename controller=1 cachecade=4 name=cc4

omconfig PCIe SSD Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute PCIe SSD tasks.

Table 8-16. omconfig PCIe SSD Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Optional name=value pairs omconfig storage pciessd action=addtocachepool subsystem=id pciedevice=

<PDISKID> force=yes action=removefromcachepool subsystem=id pciedevice=<PDISKID> force=yes action=reactivate subsystem=id pciedevice=

<PDISKID> force=yes

omconfig Add PCIe SSD Device to Cachepool

Use the following omconfig command syntax to add the specified PCIe SSD device to the cache pool.

290 omconfig storage Commands

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pciessd action=addtocachepool subsystem=id pciedevice=<PDISKID> where id is the subsystem ID and <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To add the specified PCIe SSD device to the cachepool, type: omconfig storage pciessd action=addtocachepool subsystem=2 pciedevice=0:2:0 force=yes

omconfig Remove PCIe SSD Device From Cachepool

Use the following omconfig command syntax to remove the specified PCIe

SSD device from the cache pool.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pciessd action= removefromcachepool subsystem=id pciedevice=

<PDISKID> where id is the subsystem ID and <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To remove the specified PCIe SSD device from the cachepool, type: omconfig storage pciessd action= removefromcachepool subsystem=2 pciedevice=0:2:0 force=yes omconfig storage Commands 291

omconfig Reactivate PCIe SSD Device

Use the following omconfig command syntax to reactivate the specified PCIe

SSD device that was part of the cache pool.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage pciessd action=reactivate subsystem=id pciedevice=<PDISKID> where id is the subsystem ID and <PDISKID> variable specifies the physical disk.

To obtain these values, type omreport storage controller to display the controller IDs and then type omreport storage pdisk controller=ID to display the IDs for the physical disks attached to the controller.

Example Syntax

To reactivate the specified PCIe SSD device, type: omconfig storage pciessd action=reactivate subsystem=2 pciedevice=0:2:0 force=yes

omconfig Fluid Cache Commands

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute fluid cache tasks.

Table 8-17. omconfig Fluid Cache Commands

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Optional name=value pairs omconfig storage fluidcache action=applylicense licensefile=<filename> action=connect

omconfig Applying or Updating License to the Fluid Cache

Use the following omconfig command syntax to apply or upgrade the fluid cache license.

292 omconfig storage Commands

Complete Syntax omconfig storage fluidcache action=applylicense licensefile=<filename with absolute path>

Example Syntax omconfig storage fluidcache action=applylicense licensefile=/root/key/licensefile.xml

omconfig Conecting to the Fluid Cache

Use the following omconfig command syntax to connect to the fluid cache system and update the cache configuration details of the storage subsystem.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage fluidcache action=connect

omconfig Partition Command

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute partition task.

Table 8-18. omconfig Partition Command

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) Optional name=value pairs omconfig storage partition action=refresh

omconfig Refreshing Partition List

Use the following omconfig command syntax to refresh the partition list maintained in the storage subsytem.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage partition action=refresh

omconfig Fluid Cache Disk Command

The following sections provide the omconfig command syntax required to execute the fluid cache disk task.

omconfig storage Commands 293

Table 8-19. omconfig Fluid Cache Disk Command

Required Command Levels (1, 2, 3) omconfig storage fluidcachedisk

Optional name=value pairs action=disablewithdiscard fluidcachedisk=

<string>

omconfig Discarding Data and Disabling Caching

Use the following omconfig command syntax to discard the data on the cache and disable caching on the specified fluid cache disk.

Complete Syntax omconfig storage fluidcachedisk action= disablewithdiscard fluidcachedisk=<string>

Example Syntax omconfig storage fluidcachedisk action= disablewithdiscard fluidcachedisk=fcd1

294 omconfig storage Commands

9

Working With CLI Command Results

Server Administrator Command Line Interface (CLI) users can use the command output in various ways. This section explains how to save command output to a file and how to select a format for the command results that fits different objectives.

Table 9-1. System Availability for the omreport Command

Command Level 1 omreport

Command Level 2 modularenclosure servermodule mainsystem system chassis

Applicable To

Blade systems

Blade systems

Blade systems

Rack and Tower systems

Rack and Tower systems

Output Options for Command Results

CLI command output displays to standard output on the system in a command window, in an X-terminal, or on a screen, depending on the type of the operating system.

You can redirect command results to a file instead of displaying them to standard output. Saving command output to a file allows you to use the command output for later analysis or comparison.

Whether you display command results to standard output or have the command results written to a file, you can format the results. The format you select determines the way the command output is displayed and the way the command output is written to a file.

Controlling Command Output Display

Each operating system provides a means of controlling the way that command results display to standard output. The following is a useful command for ensuring that command results do not scroll by before you can view them. The same command syntax works for the Microsoft Windows command prompt, the Red Hat Enterprise Linux terminal, and the SUSE

295 Working With CLI Command Results

Linux Enterprise Server terminal. To display command output with control over scrolling, type the CLI command and append the pipe symbol followed by more. For example, type: omreport system summary | more or omreport servermodule summary | more

The multiscreen system summary displays the first screen. When you want to see the next screen of command output, press the spacebar.

Writing Command Output to a File

When redirecting command results to a file, you can specify a filename (and a directory path if necessary) to which you want to write the command result.

When specifying the path to which you want to write the file, use the syntax appropriate for the operating system.

You can save command results in two ways. You can overwrite any file that has the same name as the output file you specify, or you can keep adding results of commands to a file of the same name.

Saving Command Results to a File That is Overwritten

Use the -outc option when you want to overwrite data stored in previously written files. For example, at 11:00 A.M. you capture fan probe RPM readings for fan probe 0 on the system and write the results to a file called fans.txt. You type: omreport chassis fans index=0 -outc fans.txt

or omreport mainsystem fans index=0 -outc fans.txt

296 Working With CLI Command Results

Partial results written to the file are:

Index

Status

Probe Name

Reading

Minimum Warning Threshold

Maximum Warning Threshold

Minimum Failure Threshold

Maximum Failure Threshold

: 0

: OK

: System Board Fan 1 RPM

: 2380RPM

: 600RPM

: 5700RPM

: 500RPM

: 6000RPM

Four hours later, you repeat the command. You have no interest in the 11:00 A.M. snapshot as written to fans.txt. You type the same command: omreport chassis fans index=0 -outc fans.txt

or omreport mainsystem fans index=0 -outc fans.txt

The 3:00 P.M. data overwrites the 11:00 A.M. data in the fans.txt file.

Fans.txt now reads as follows:

Index

Status

Probe Name

Reading

Minimum Warning Threshold

Maximum Warning Threshold

Minimum Failure Threshold

Maximum Failure Threshold

: 0

: OK

: System Board Fan 1 RPM

: 3001RPM

: 700RPM

: 5500RPM

: 500RPM

: 6000RPM

You cannot refer to the previous command results to compare the earlier fan probe 0 output with the present output because in using the -outc option, you overwrote the fans.txt file.

Append Command Results to an Existing File

Use the -outa option when you want to append new command results to data stored in a previously written file. For example, at 11:00 A.M. you capture fan probe RPM readings for fan probe 0 on the system and write the results to a

Working With CLI Command Results 297

file called fans.txt. To compare these results with output for the same probe obtained four hours later, you can use the -outa command to append the new output to fans.txt.

Type: omreport chassis fans index=0 -outa fans.txt

or omreport mainsystem fans index=0 -outa fans.txt

Fans.txt now reads as follows:

Index

Status

Probe Name

Reading

Minimum Warning Threshold

Maximum Warning Threshold

Minimum Failure Threshold

Maximum Failure Threshold

: 0

: OK

: System Board Fan 1 RPM

: 2380RPM

: 600RPM

: 5700RPM

: 500RPM

: 6000RPM

Index

Status

Probe Name

Reading

Minimum Warning Threshold

Maximum Warning Threshold

Minimum Failure Threshold

Maximum Failure Threshold

: 0

: OK

: System Board Fan 1 RPM

: 3001RPM

: 700RPM

: 5500RPM

: 500RPM

: 6000RPM

You can use a text editor to insert the time that each block of data was captured. In comparing the two snapshots for fan probe 0, you can see that the second report shows several changes. The reading of fan RPM has been changed to 3001RPM but is still within normal range. Someone has raised the minimum warning threshold to 700 RPM and has decreased the maximum warning threshold to 5500 RPM.

298 Working With CLI Command Results

Selecting a Format for the CLI Command Output

You can specify a format for the CLI command results. The format determines how the command output is displayed. If the command results are directed to a file, the format is captured by the file to which you write the command results.The available formats include:

• List (lst)

• Semicolon-separated values (ssv)

• Table (tbl)

• Custom delimited format (cdv)

The Syntax for the formatting option is:

<command> -fmt <format option>

For example, type: omreport system summary -fmt tbl or omreport servermodule summary -fmt tbl where -fmt tbl specifies table format.

You can combine the formatting option with the option to direct output to a file. For example, type: omreport system summary -fmt tbl -outa summary.txt

or omreport servermodule summary -fmt tbl -outa summary.txt

where -fmt tbl specifies table format and -outa specifies that you append the command results to a file called summary.txt.

List (lst)

The default format is lst or list format. Use this format when you want to optimize output for simple readability. You need to specify a format for the command output only if you want a format other than the lst format.

Working With CLI Command Results 299

300

To see the following example command output in lst format, type: omreport system summary or omreport servermodule summary

No special formatting option is required because list format is the default display format. The network data part of the example system summary is displayed as follows:

--------------

Network Data

--------------

Network Interface 0

IP Address: 143.166.152.108

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway: 143.166.152.1

MAC Address: 00-02-b3-23-d2-ca

Table (tbl)

Use the tbl or table formatting option to have the data formatted in table rows and columns. To see the following example command output in table format, type: omreport system summary -fmt tbl or omreport servermodule summary -fmt tbl

The example output displays as follows:

------------------------------

Network Interface 0

------------------------------

| ATTRIBUTE| VALUE

| IP Address| 143.166.152.108

| Subnet Mask| 255.255.255.0

| Default Gateway| 143.166.152.1

| MAC Address| 00-02-b3-23-d2-ca

Working With CLI Command Results

Semicolon-separated Values (ssv)

Use the ssv formatting option to deliver output formatted in semicolonseparated value format. This format also allows you to import the command output results into a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel, or into a database program. To see the following example command output in semicolon-separated value format, type: omreport system summary -fmt ssv or omreport servermodule summary -fmt ssv

The example output displays as follows:

------------------------------

Network Data

------------------------------

Network Interface 0

IP Address;143.166.152.108

Subnet Mask;255.255.255.0

Default Gateway;143.166.152.1

MAC Address;00-02-b3-23-d2-ca

Custom Delimited Format (cdv)

Use the cdv formatting option to report exported data in custom delimited format. You can specify this option with any omreport command. For example, to generate a system summary in custom delimited format, type: omreport system summary -fmt cdv or omreport servermodule summary -fmt cdv

You can also set preferences for the custom delimited format with the

omconfig command. The valid values for delimiters are: exclamation, semicolon, at, hash, dollar, percent, caret, asterisk, tilde, question, colon, comma, and pipe.

The following example shows how to set the delimiter for separating data fields to asterisk: omconfig preferences cdvformat delimiter=asterisk

Working With CLI Command Results 301

302 Working With CLI Command Results

Index

Symbols

-?

omconfig, 97

omconfig chassis, 100

omreport, 39

request for help, 27

A about

omconfig, 98

acquisition

information, 177

optional parameters, 29

acquisition information

adding, 177

acswitch

omreport chassis, 42 omreport command level 3, 42

adapter

omreport chassis slots, 69

alert action

defining, 158

example valid commands, 162

setting, 158

setting events, 160

alertaction

omconfig system, 158

omreport system, 72

alertlog

clearing logs, 163

omconfig system, 27, 94

omreport system, 71

arrays

memory, 35, 87

asset information, 177

assetinfo

acquisition, 74 omreport system, 74

assign dedicated hot spare

omconfig, 239

assign global hot spare

omconfig, 224

available alert actions, 159

B base I/O address

omreport chassis ports, 58

battery

ID, 200

omconfig storage, 281

omreport storage, 211, 213

status, 211

bios

omreport chassis, 43

biossetup

Index 303

304

omconfig chassis, 100

omreport chassis, 44

blink

omconfig, 280

blink physical disk

omconfig, 219

bmc

omconfig chassis, 136

omreport chassis, 67

C

cache policy parameters, 259

cache properties

omreport chassis processors, 59

cancel background initialize

omconfig, 239

cancel check consistency

omconfig, 233

cancel clear physical disk

omconfig, 227-231

cancel initialize disk

omconfig, 238

cancel rebuild physical disk

omconfig, 226

cdvformat

omconfig preferences, 153

change virtual disk policy

omconfig, 244

chassis

omconfig, 100

Index

chassis fault LED, 129 chassis identification LED, 129

chassis information summary, 52

check consistency

omconfig, 233

check consistency rate

omconfig, 265

clear foreign configuration

omconfig, 268

clear physical disk

omconfig, 227

CLI

clearing logs, 163

error messages, error checking, 21

CLI command levels 1, 2, and 3 defined, 28

CLI command output, 295

appending command output to a file, 297

controlling display, 295

formatting output, 299

saving to a file that can be overwritten, 296

table format, 300

writing to a file, 296

CLI commands

?, 27

primary commands, 19

cmdlog

omconfig system, 163

omreport system, 71

command levels 1,2, and 3

omconfig, 93

command levels 1,2,3

omreport, 33

command syntax overview, 24

commands for clearing logs, 163

commands for viewing logs, 71

components

alert actions, 159

events, 74-75

failure messages, 22

instrumentation service, 91

omreport, 31-32

omreport system, 70

omreport system summary, 38 omreport system version, 38

SNMP traps, 168

storage, 201, 217

summary, 80

updating, 20

warning and failure thresholds, 124

configuring

Active Directory service, 154

system events, 168

configuring power button, NMI button, 126

Connector, 213

connector

omconfig storage, 286

connector commands

omconfig, 286

connector name

omreport chassis processors, 58

connector status

omreport, 212

controller

battery, 211, 213

BMC, 67, 79, 96

display IDs, 199

omconfig storage, 249

omreport storage, 205

SATA, 111

controlling CLI command output, 295

conventions for command parameter tables, 32

core count

omreport chassis processors, 59

current speed

omreport chassis processors, 59

currents

omconfig chassis, 124

omreport chassis, 48

D data bus width

omreport chassis slots, 69

default maximum warning threshold, 125 default minimum warning threshold, 125

defining alert actions, 158

delay battery learn cycle

Index 305

306

omconfig, 282

delete virtual disk

omconfig, 240, 288-289

delimiters

data fields, 153

depreciation information

about, 180 adding, 180

dirservice

omconfig preferences, 154

disable enclosure alarm

omconfig, 275

display IDs, 199-200

E enable enclosure alarm

omconfig, 275

enclosure

omconfig storage, 274, 287, 290,

292-294

omreport storage, 206-211

error checking and error messages, CLI, 21 error messages, 21

esmlog

omconfig system, 163

omreport system, 71

event name

alert actions, 159

omconfig system platformevents, 166

event notification

configuring, 168

index, 171

severity, 170

source, 169 type, 169

events

alert actions, 159-160

classified by component type, 76

omconfig system, 168

omreport system, 74

SNMP, 37, 94, 168

example help commands, 27

extended warranty information, 181

external name

omreport chassis ports, 58

extwarranty

omconfig system, 181

F

failure messages, 22

fan status

omreport, 208

fans

omconfig chassis, 124

omreport chassis, 50

firmware

omreport chassis, 50

format virtual disk, 241

Index

formatting CLI command output, 299

frontpanel

omconfig chassis, 126

omreport chassis, 51

G globalinfo

omconfig storage, 283

omreport storage, 212

H

help, levels of, 28

hot spare, 239

I import foreign configuration

omconfig, 267-268

import secure foreign configuration

omconfig, 267

index

omreport chassis slots, 69

info

omconfig chassis, 128

omreport chassis, 52

initialize virtual disk

omconfig, 222, 236

introduction, 17

intrusion

omreport chassis, 53

IP address

alert destinations, 164

IRQ level

omreport chassis ports, 58

L

lease information, 183

leds

omconfig chassis, 129

omreport chassis, 54

levels of help for a CLI command, 28

M

maintenance information, 184 adding, 184

maximum speed

omreport chassis ports, 58

maximum warning threshold, 151

memory

arrays, 35, 87

omreport chassis, 55

memorymode

omconfig chassis, 129

minimum warning threshold, 151

Index 307

308

N name=value pairs

omconfig chassis biossetup, 101

omconfig chassis bmc, 137

nics

omreport chassis, 56

NMI button, 51

O omconfg

cancel initialize virtual disk, 238

omconfig

-?, 97

about, 98-99

assign dedicated hot spare, 239

assign global hot spare, 224

background initialization rate, 264

blink physical disk, 219

blink virtual disk, 235, 287

cancel background initialize, 239

cancel check consistency, 233

cancel rebuild physical disk, 226

Change Controller

Properties, 262 change controller properties, 262

change encryption key controller, 263

change virtual disk policy, 244

chassis, 100

check consistency, 233

command levels 1,2, and 3, 93

command parameter table conventions, 92 command summary, 92

Create Encryption Key

Controller, 263

create virtual disk, 255

delete encryption key controller, 264

delete virtual disk, 240, 288-289

disable controller alarm, 253

disable enclosure alarm, 275

discard preserved cache controller, 262

enable controller alarm, 252

enable enclosure alarm, 275

format virtual disk, 241

getting help, 97

global disable smart thermal shutdown, 284

global enable smart thermal shutdown, 283

global rescan controller, 285

initialize virtual disk, 222, 236

online physical disk, 223

pause check consistency, 234

prepare to remove physical disk, 221

quiet controller alarm, 253

rebuild physical disk, 225

reconfiguring virtual disks, 241

rename virtual disk, 246-249

replace member virtual disk, 245

rescan connector, 286

rescan controller, 252

reset controller configuration, 255

Index

reset temperature probe

thresholds, 278-280

resume check consistency, 235

secure virtual disk, 243

set controller rebuild rate, 261

set enclosure asset name, 277

set enclosure asset tag, 276

set temperature probe thresholds, 277

system, 158

test controller alarm, 254

unblink physical disk, 220

unblink virtual disk, 236, 288

omconfig about

details=true, 99

omconfig battery commands, 281

omconfig channel commands, 286

omconfig chassis, 100

-?, 100 biossetup, 100

bmc, 136

currents, 124

fancontrol, 126

fans, 124

frontpanel, 126

info, 128

leds, 129 memorymode, 129

temps, 150

volts, 152

omconfig chassis biossetup

name=value pairs, 101

omconfig chassis bmc

name=value pair, 137

omconfig chassis fans

name=value pairs, parameters, 124

omconfig chassis frontpanel

name=value pair, parameters, 127

omconfig chassis info

name=value pair, parameters, 128

omconfig chassis leds

name=value pairs, parameters, 129

omconfig chassis memorymode

name=value pairs, parameters, 131

omconfig chassis temps

name=value pairs, paramaters, 150

omconfig chassis volts

name=value pairs, parameters, 152

omconfig clear virtual disk bad blocks, 243

omconfig command, 91

omconfig controller commands, 249

omconfig Create

Cachecade, 271, 273

omconfig create encryption key, 263

Index 309

310

omconfig enable LKM controller, 272

omconfig enclosure

commands, 287, 290,

292-293

omconfig global commands, 282

omconfig offline physical disk, 223

omconfig physical disk commands, 218

omconfig physical disk power management, 269

omconfig preferences, 153 cdvformat, 153

dirservice, 154

snmp, 155

useraccess, 156

webserver, 157

omconfig preferences dirservice

name=value pair, parameters, 154

omconfig preferences snmp

name=value pairs, parameters, 155

omconfig rekey LKM controller, 272

omconfig set hot spare protection policy, 285

omconfig set patrol read mode, 269

omconfig start patrol read, 270

omconfig stop patrol read, 271

omconfig storage

battery, 281

connector, 286

controller, 249

enclosure, 274, 287, 290,

292-294

globalinfo, 283

pdisk, 198, 218

vdisk, 232-233

omconfig switch to LKM controller, 272

omconfig system

alertaction, 158

alertlog, 27, 94, 163

assetinfo, 177

cmdlog, 163 esmlog, 163

events, 168

extwarranty, 181

name=value pairs, parameters, 169

pedestinations, 164 platformevents, 164

recovery, 171

shutdown, 173

thrmshutdown, 174

webserver, 171

omconfig system assetinfo

info=acquisition, 177, 179

info=depreciation, 180

info=extwarranty, 182

info=lease, 184

info=maintenance, 185

info=outsource, 187

info=owner, 188

Index

info=service, 190

info=support, 191

info=system, 193

info=warranty, 194

omconfig system events, 168

omconfig system extwarranty, 181

omconfig system pedestinations

name=value pairs, parameters, 164

omconfig system recovery

name=value pairs, parameters, 172

omconfig system shutdown

name=value pairs, parameters, 173

omconfig system warranty, 193

omconfig system webserver

name=value pairs, parameters, 171

omconfig virtual disk commands, 232

omhelp, 19, 27

omreport

-?, 39

about, 40

battery status, 211

chassis, 41

command levels 1, 2, 3, 33

command summary, 32

connector status, 212

controller status, 205

EMM status, 210-211

enclosure status, 206, 214

fan status, 208

getting help, 39

global information, 212

physical disk status, 202, 214

power supply status, 209

system, 70

temperature probe status, 207

virtual disk status, 204

omreport chassis

acswitch, 42

bios, 43

biossetup, 44, 48 currents, 48

fancontrol, 50 fans, 50 firmware, 50

frontpanel, 51 fru, 51

intrusion, 53

leds, 54

memory, 55

nics, 56

processors, 58

slots, 68

temps, 69 volts, 69

omreport chassis bmc

name=value pairs, parameters, 68

omreport chassis ports

base I/O address, 58 connector type, 58 external name, 58

IRQ level, 58

Index 311

312

maximum speed, 58 port type, 58

omreport chassis processors

cache properties, 59

connector name, 58

core count, 59 current speed, 59 external clock speed, 59

manufacturer, 58 processor family, 58 processor version, 58

state, 59

omreport chassis slots

adapter, 69 data bus width, 69 index, 69 slot ID, 69

omreport modularchassis, 39

omreport preferences commands, 90 omreport preferences webserver, 90

omreport storage

battery, 211, 213

controller, 205

enclosure, 206-211

globalinfo, 212

pdisk, 203

vdisk, 204, 214-216

omreport system

alertaction, 72

alertlog, 71

assetinfo, 74

cmdlog, 71

Index

esmlog, 71

events, 74

operatingsystem, 77 pedestinations, 77

platformevents, 80 recovery, 80 shutdown, 80 summary, 80

thrmshutdown, 88 version, 88

omreport system assetinfo, 74

omreport system commands, 70

omreport system events

name=value pairs, 76

omrpeort system

components, 70

online physical disk

omconfig, 223

operating system

omreport system, 77

outsource information, 186

Overall, 72 overall health status of the ESM log, 72

owner information, 188

P

parameters for fan warning thresholds, 124

pause check consistency

omconfig, 234

pdisk, 218

omconfig storage, 197-198

omconfig virtual disk, 256-257

omreport physical disk, 203 omreport storage, 203

pedestinations

omconfig system, 164

omreport system, 77

Physical disks in each stripe, 260

platformevents

omconfig system, 164

omreport system, 80

port type

omreport chassis ports, 58

ports

omreport chassis, 57

prepare to remove physical disk, 221

primary CLI command

omconfig, 19 omhelp, 19, 27 omreport, 19 primary CLI commands, 19

processor family

omreport chassis processors, 58

processor version

omreport chassis processors, 58

processors

omreport chassis, 58

pwrmanagement, 62

pwrsupplies

omreport chassis, 67

R

read policy parameters, 259

rebuild physical disk

omconfig, 225

reconfiguring virtual disks

omconfig, 241

reconstruct rate

omconfig, 265

recovery

omconfig system, 171

omreport system, 80 recovery from a hung operating system, 80

rename virtual disk

omconfig, 246-249

replace member virtual disk

omconfig, 245

rescan connector

omconfig, 286

rescan controllers, 285

reset all temperature probe thresholds

omconfig, 280

resume check consistency

omconfig, 235

S

scripting, 23 scripting with the CLI, 23

secure virtual disk, 243

Index 313

314

service contract information, 189 adding, 189

set enclosure asset name

omconfig, 277

set enclosure asset tag

omconfig, 276

set temperature probe thresholds

omconfig, 277-280

shutdown

omconfig system, 173

omreport system, 80

shutdown action

omconfig system platformevents, 165

slot ID

omreport chassis slots, 69

slots

omreport chassis, 68

smart thermal shutdown status, 212

snmp

omconfig preferences, 155

SNMP traps, 169

disabling, 168 enabling, 168

start battery learn cycle

omconfig, 281

state

omreport chassis processors, 59

storage management CLI, 197

successful commands, 21

Index summary

omreport system, 80

support information

adding, 190

syntax overview

CLI commands, 24

system, 177

system information

adding, 192

T

table format for CLI command output, 300

temperature probe warning threshold, 151

temps

omconfig chassis, 150

omreport chassis, 69

thermal shutdown

about, 88

configuring, 174

example commands, 175

thrmshutdown

omconfig system, 174

omreport system, 88

U unblink physical disk

omconfig, 220

user access to Server

Administrator

administrators only, 156 determining, 156 least restrictive, 156 most restrictive, 156 power users and administrators only, 156

useraccess

omconfig preferences, 156

V vdisk

omconfig storage, 232-233

omreport storage, 204, 214-216

version

omreport system, 88

viewing alert actions for specific components and events, 72

viewing properties for system temperature probes, 69 viewing properties for system voltage probes, 69

viewing properties of system power supplies, 67

viewing properties of system slots, 68

voltage warning thresholds, 152

volts

omconfig chassis, 152

omreport chassis, 69

W warranty

adding, 193 components, 181, 193 omconfig system, 193

webserver

omconfig system, 171 starting and stopping, 171

what’s new, 18

write policy parameters, 260

Index 315

Index 316

advertisement

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement